Hardware - HEWI · 2009-06-16 · made of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, with corrosion...
Transcript of Hardware - HEWI · 2009-06-16 · made of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, with corrosion...
HEWI Colours and Surfaces
HEWI Basic colours
HEWI Neutral colours
HEWI Pastel colours
Pro
gra
mm
e 20
09
Har
dw
are
Programme 2009 Hardware
| Door and Window Fittings | Handrails and Balustrades | Signage Systems | Cloakrooms | Sanitary Products |
Technical information subject to alteration. 01/09 PUBBGB09
Further documents are available from www.hewi.com:
Sanitary
HEWI Stainless steel surfaces
HEWI Aluminium surfaces
GermanyHEWI Heinrich Wilke GmbHPostfach 1260D-34442 Bad ArolsenPhone: +49 5691 82-0Fax: +49 5691 [email protected]
Great BritainHEWI (UK) LimitedScimitar CloseGillingham Business ParkGB-Gillingham Kent ME8 0RNPhone: +44 1634 377688Fax: +44 1634 [email protected]
00_umschl_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:umschlag_PLSAN08_D.qxp 09.12.2008 11:28 Uhr Seite 1
2 |
System 111 NewPolyamideStainless steelSoft Touch (PU)
Range 130Polyamide
Range 160Stainless steel
System 162 NewPolyamideAluminiumStainless steel
Range 120 NewSteel-PA-Compound
Range 170Stainless steel
Range 180 NewStainless steelStainless steel/aluminium
ComponentsPolyamideStainless steel
Overview 7
Lever handles 8
Overview 25
Lever handles 26
Overview 43
Lever handles 44
Overview 53
Lever handles 54
News 2
Table of Contents | HEWI by Systems
Overview 63
Lever handles 64
Overview 73
Lever handles 74
Overview 83
Lever handles 84
Overview 92
Overview 100
HEWI Colours
13 HEWI buttercup yellow
33 HEWI ruby red
30 HEWI burgundy*
80 HEWI coffee brown
53 HEWI ultramarine blue
50 HEWI steel blue
73 HEWI meadow green*
70 HEWI forest green*
99 HEWI pure white
97 HEWI light grey
95 HEWI stone grey
92 HEWI anthracite grey
90 HEWI jet black
16 HEWI blossom yellow*
56 HEWI lilac blue*
...A... Textured
...B... Matt
...B... Polished
...B... Matt
...A... Slategrey
...C... Darkgrey
–
RAL 030 30 45
RAL 020 20 20
RAL 060 20 50
–
RAL 260 20 15
RAL 150 40 50
RAL 180 20 15
RAL 100 90 05
RAL 000 80 00
–
RAL 240 30 05
–
RAL 095 90 40
RAL 260 60 25
–
RAL 3003
RAL 3007
RAL 8022
–
RAL 5011
RAL 6029
RAL 6012
RAL 9010
RAL 7035
–
RAL 7016
RAL 9005
–
–
S 1070-Y10R
S 3560-R
S 7020-R10B
S 8502-R
S 4550-R80B
–
S 4550-G10Y
S 8010-B70G
S 0502-G50Y
S 2000-N
S 3502-G
–
S 9000-N
S 0530-G90Y
S 2040-R80B
* The delivery period is approx. 6 weeks.
Closest possible RAL Nearest RAL Closest possible NCS Designcolour classification standard colour Design colour classification
The colour codes are part of the article number. The last two figures specify the colour.
HEWI Colours compared with RAL and NCSHEWI Colours have been classified by RAL and NCS and allocated the nearest possible colour classifiaction. Identical colours do not exist in the RAL and NCS systems.In cases where HEWI colours and the colour classifiaction differ too greatly, no classifiaction appears in the table.Personal colour comparison should still be performed
Due to printing process colours shown may differ slightly from the product.
Explanation of item numberExample: lever handle
111.
Range 111 Polyamide
R-technology
Apartment door fitting
Knob 123.23
Lever handle 111.23
Round rose 305... /306...
Anthracite grey
R 03. 2 3 3 92
00_umschl_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:umschlag_PLSAN08_D.qxp 09.12.2008 11:29 Uhr Seite 2
i
HEWI by Functions | Table of Contents
Handrails and Balustrades | NewCloakroomsPolyamideStainless steelWood
Sanitary NewStainless steelPolyamide
Cabinet HardwarePolyamide
Emergency Door FittingsStainless steelPolyamide
Signage Systems NewDoor Accessories
General Information
Overview 246
guide signage system 248
guide symbols 250
comment 252
Overview door accessories 256
Overview 268
Sanitary products stainless steel 270
Sanitary products polyamide 274
Overview 282
Furniture handles 284
Cupboard knobs 290
Cupboard knobs (spheres) 292
Flush pulls 294
Fixing types 296
Overview 122
Push/pull handles 124
Panic bars 128
Locking plates 130
Panic handle 131
Pull HandlesStainless steelPolyamideSteel-PA-Compound
Window HandlesStainless steelAluminiumPolyamideSteel-PA-Compound
Overview 154
Pull handles range 111 156
Pull handles range 160 162
Pull handles CombiSystem 168
Pull handle Soft Touch 177
Fixing types 186
Overview 136
Window handles range 111 138
Window handles range 160 140
Window handles range 170 142
Window handles model 162 144
Window handles range 120 150
Service 300
Numerical index 301
Product characteristics, certificates 318
Material characteristics, care tips 319
General terms of sales and delivery 320
Colours see inlay on the back page
Handrail system colour 200
Handrail systems lignum, lignum protect 204
Handrail system lignum multiplex 208
Handrail system circum 210
Overview cloakrooms 220
Hooks, cloakroom rails 222
Wall coat and hat racks, benches 232Coat hanger, pictogram-sets 242
Design Awards | Hardware
2 | HEWI Hardware
HEWI Lever handle 111 Soft TouchAwarded with the if product design award 2008, theDesign Plus 2007 and the Universal Design 2008.
HEWI Range 120Awarded with theif product design award 2007 and thered dot product award 2008.
Panic barAwarded with theif product design award 2007.
4 | HEWI Hardware
Low use internal doors· 5 mm bearing point as maintenance free plain bearing· Spindle connection with secure threaded connection
Frequently used public building doors· 5 mm bearing point as maintenance free plain bearing· Integrated support module· Support module can be used on left and right· No need to cut open the door· Automatically latching female parts· Face-fixed bearing· Maximum stability due to grub screw connection· Corrosion resistance
Frequently used public building doors | Vandalism· 5 mm bearing point as maintenance free plain bearing· M5 threaded screws made of stainless steel· Integrated support module· Support module can be used on left and right· No need to cut open the door· Automatically latching female parts· Face-fixed bearing· Maximum stability due to grub screw connection· Suitable for fire safety standards due to steel
substructure· Corrosion resistance
Modular Technology Concepts 1 | 3 | 4 | According to EN 1906
T1 | class 1
B3 | class 3
H4 | class 4
HEWI Hardware | 5
System 111
System characteristics 6
Overview 7
Lever handles 8
Framed door lever handles 20
HEWI Lever handle 111 Soft Touch
Awarded with the if product design
award 2008, the Design Plus 2007
and the Universal Design 2008.
Sys
tem
111
6 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Panic bars from page 129 Handrails from page 202
Lever handle 111 from page 10 Cloakrooms from page 226
Pull handles from page 156
Sanitary from page 272
Balustrades from page 202Cabinet fittings from page 284
Lever handles 111 from page 7 Symbols from page 262 Window handles 111 from page 138
System 111
HEWI Hardware | 7
Overview | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Lever handle 111X
Lever handle 111
Lever handle 111.23
Lever handle 111.23 Soft Touch
Lever handle 116X
Lever handle 115.23
Framed door lever handle 114.23
Framed door lever handle 114X
HEWI Hardware | 7
Stainless steel 8
Polyamide 10
Polyamide 12
Polyurethane 14
Stainless steel 16
Polyamide 18
Polyamide 20
Stainless steel 20
8 | HEWI Hardware
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 111X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model made of polyamide page 10
Model 111X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
HEWI Hardware | 9
Model 111X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
111
Please advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)stainless steel, ø 20 mm, with standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)stainless steel, ø 20 mm, with standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
HEWI Spindle
111XAR
111XARLT
111XAB
111XABLT
72.9R
Backplate230.20XAB
230.20XAR
Rose305.20XAB
305.20XAR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20XABNR
230.20XARNR
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20XANR
Rose306.23XA...
C4H3E
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
10 | HEWI Hardware
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 111
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Model made of stainless steel page 8
Model 111
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle
Sys
tem
111
HEWI Hardware | 11
Model 111 | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
A7H7E
HEWI Lever handle (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, with corrosion resistant steelinsert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyditto, male part separately
HEWI Spindle
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, with corrosion resistant steelinsert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately, standard square spindle 8 mm
HEWI Spindle
111E
111ELT111EST
72.2
111R
111RLT
72.9R
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Rose306.23...
Rose305.20E305.20R
Backplate230.20E230.20R
Backplate235.20E235.20R
Rosevacant/engaged fitting306.23NR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20ENR230.20RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting285.20ENR285.20RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting235.20ENR235.20RNR
Backplate285.20E285.20R
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Spacer316ESF
Security escutcheon316ESZ
Security escutcheon316ES
Spacer306.23ESF
Spacer306.23ESZF
Security escutcheon306.23ES
Security escutcheon306.23ESZ
12 | HEWI Hardware
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 111.23
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Model 111.23
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour
Sys
tem
111
HEWI Hardware | 13
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
HEWI Hardware | 13
Model 111.23 | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
A7H7E
HEWI Lever handle (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, with corrosion resistant steelinsert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyditto, male part separately
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, with corrosion resistant steelinsert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately and standard square spindle 8 mm
HEWI Spindle
111.23E
111.23ELT111.23EST
111.23R
111.23RLT
72.2
Rose305.23E305.23R
Rose306.23 ...
Backplate230.23E230.23R
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.23ENR230.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting285.23ENR285.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting235.23ENR235.23RNR
Backplate235.23E235.23R
Backplate285.23E285.23R
Rosevacant/engaged fitting306.23NR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Spacer316ESF
Security escutcheon316ESZ
Security escutcheon316ES
Spacer306.23ESF
Spacer306.23ESZF
Security escutcheon306.23ES
Security escutcheon306.23ESZ
14 | HEWI Hardware
Thermoplastic polyurethane90 (black matt), 92 (anthracite grey matt)
Model 111.23PB
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyurethane | Model 111.23 Soft Touch
HEWI Lever handle 111 Soft Touch
Awarded with the if product design
award 2008, the Design Plus 2007
and the Universal Design 2008.
HEWI Hardware | 15
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
111
Model 111.23 Soft Touch | Polyurethane | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
L4C1E
HEWI Lever handle Soft Touch (H-technology)made of thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), ø 23 mm,with corrosion resistant steel insert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately, standard square spindle 8 mm
HEWI Lever handle Soft Touch (B-technology)made of thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), ø 23 mm,with corrosion resistant steel insert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately, standard square spindle 8 mm
HEWI Spindle
111.23PBH
111.23PBHLT
111.23PBB
111.23PBBLT
72.6B
Rose305.23PBB305.23PBH
Rose306.23PB(NR)
Rose306.23PB
Soft Touch turn and indicatorS24270PB
16 | HEWI Hardware
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 116X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface
Sys
tem
111
HEWI Hardware | 17
Model 116X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Please advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)stainless steel, ø 20 mm, standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Spindle
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)stainless steel, ø 20 mm, standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
HEWI Spindle
116XAR
116XARLT
72.9R
116XAB
116XABLT
72.6B
C4H3E
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Backplate230.20XAB
230.20XAR
Rose305.20XAB
305.20XAR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20XABNR
230.20XARNR
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20XANR
Rose306.23XA...
18 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 115.23
HEWI Hardware | 19
Model 115.23 | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
111
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
A7H7E
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of hight-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, with corrosion resistantsteel insert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately, standard square spindle 8 mm
HEWI Spindle
115.23R
115.23RLT
72.9R
Rose305.23R
Rose306.23...
Backplate230.23R
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting285.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting235.23RNR
Backplate235.23R
Backplate285.23R
Rosevacant/engaged fitting306.23NR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Spacer316ESF
Security escutcheon316ESZ
Security escutcheon316ES
Spacer306.23ESF
Spacer306.23ESZF
Security escutcheon306.23ES
Security escutcheon306.23ESZ
20 | HEWI Hardware
System 111 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Stainless Steel
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model 114.23
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
173
ø 23
72
Material | Surface | Colour Dimensioned view
HEWI Hardware | 21
Polyamide | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | System 111
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedColourSpindle
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
111
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
114.23GKRLT315.23RKN
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 20 mm, user category class 4, standardsquare spindle 8 mm, lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility.
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 114Xrose for lever handle neck ø 20 mm
114XARLT315.20XARKN
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, user category class 4,standard square spindle 8 mm, with corrosion resistant steel insert,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility.
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 114.23rose for lever handle neck ø 23 mm
A7H7E
C4H3E
22 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Sys
tem
162
HEWI Hardware | 23
System 162
System characteristics 24
System overview 23
Lever handles 26
Framed door lever handles 38
24 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
System 162
Panic bars from page 128 Handrails from page 210
Lever handle 165 from page 32 Door Accessories from page 258
Pull handles from page 164
Framed door lever handles 166 from page 38
Door accessories from page 258
Lever handle 162 from page 26 Signage system guide from page 250 Window handles from page 141
CombiSystem from page 170
HEWI Hardware | 25
Overview | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
Lever handle 162.21X
Lever handle 162.21A
Lever handle 162.21P
Lever handle 165.21X
Lever handle 165.21A
Lever handle 165.21P
Framed door lever handle 166.21P
Framed door lever handle 166.21A
Framed door lever handle 166.21X
Stainless steel 26
Aluminium 28
Polyamide 30
Stainless steel 32
Aluminium 34
Polyamide 36
Polyamide 38
Aluminium 38
Stainless steel 38
26 | HEWI Hardware
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 162.21X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model made of aluminium page 28
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 27
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
Model 162.21X | Stainless Steel | Lever Handle | System 162
If necessary, please advise surface finish when ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedT-technology fittings are available with Texturedsurface (A) only.
Y5H7E
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 21,3 mm, with standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
162.21XAH
162.21XAHLT
162.21XAB
162.21XABLT
Backplate230.20XAB
230.20XAH
Rose305.20XAB
305.20XAH
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20XAB
230.20XAHNR
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20XA
Rose306.23XA...
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
28 | HEWI Hardware
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Aluminium | Model 162.21A
AluminiumMatt
Model made of stainless steel page 26Model made of polyamide page 30
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 29
Model 162.21A | Aluminium | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
W1H3E
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of aluminium, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)made of aluminium, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
162.21ABH
162.21ABHLT
162.21ABB
162.21ABBLT
Rose305.21ABH
305.21ABB
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20ABNR
Rose306.23AB
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
30 | HEWI Hardware
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 162.21P
Polyamide90 (jet black), 92 (anthracite grey),99 (pure white)
Model made of stainless steel page 26Model made of aluminium page 28
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 31
Model 162.21P | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
Item NumberColourSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
S1J9E
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
162.21PCB
162.21PCBLT
162.21PCH
162.21PCHLT
Rose305.21PCB305.21PCH
Backplate230.21PCB230.21PCH
Rosevacant/engaged fitting306.23PC
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.21PCBNR230.21PCHNR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
32 | HEWI Hardware
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model made of stainless steel page 26Model made of polyamide page 30
Model 165.21X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 165.21X
HEWI Hardware | 33
Model 165.21X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
Y5H7E
If necessary, please advise surface finish when ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 21,3 mm, standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
165.21XAH
165.21XAHLT
Backplate230.20XAH
Rose305.20XAH
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20XAHNR
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20XA
Rose306.23XA...
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
34 | HEWI Hardware
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Aluminium | Model 165.21A
AluminiumMatt
Model made of polyamide page 36
Model 165.21A
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
HEWI Hardware | 35
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
W1H3E
Model 165.21A | Aluminium | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of aluminium, ø 21 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
165.21ABH
165.21ABHLT
Rose305.21ABH
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20ANR
Rose306.23AB
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
ø 20
36 | HEWI Hardware
Polyamide90 (black matt), 92 (anthracite grey matt),99 (pure white)
Model made of stainless steel page 32Model made of aluminium page 34
Model 165.21P
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 165.21P
HEWI Hardware | 37
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
Model 165.21P | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
S1J9E
HEWI Lever handle (H-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 21,3 mm, standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
165.21PCH
165.21PCHLT
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Rose305.21PCH
Backplate230.21PCH
Rosevacant/engaged fitting306.23PCNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.21PCHNR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
38 | HEWI Hardware
System 162 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Aluminium | Stainless Steel
Stainless steelTextured Polished
AluminiumMatt
Polyamide90 (black matt), 92 (anthracite grey matt),99 (pure white)
Model 166.21P, 166.21A und 166.21X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle Mounting instructions
162XAH51.640
162XAH52.640
162ABH51.640
162ABH52.640
HEWI Hardware | 39
Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | System 162
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedColour (if applicable)Spindle
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
170
ø 21
66
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Sys
tem
162
21,3
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Framed door lever handle (H-technology)made of high-quality polyamide ø 21,3 mm, user category class 4,available HEWI colours 90 (jet black), 92 (anthracite grey)or 99 (pure white), lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-roundself-locking facility, standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, fitting for framed fire doors class 4
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 166.21Prose for lever handle neck
HEWI Framed door lever handle (H-technology)made of aluminium ø 21,3 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility,standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, fitting for framed fire doors class 4
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 166.21Arose for lever handle neck
HEWI Framed door lever handle (H-technology)made of stainless steel ø 21,3 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility,standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, fitting for framed fire doors class 4
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 166.21Xrose for lever handle neck
162PCH51.640
162PCH52.640
New
New
New
New
L4S5E
J2J9E
W0Y3E
New
New
40 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Ran
ge
120
HEWI Hardware | 41
Range 120
Range characteristics 42
Overview 43
Lever handles 45
Framed door lever handle 49
HEWI Range 120
Awarded with the if product design award
2007 and the red dot product award 2008.
42 | HEWI Hardware
Range 120
Presence and dynamism
Delugan Meissl Associated Architects Vienna designed,together with HEWI, the hardware range 120. The lever handleintegrates the rose, until now separate, into the design and function. Its independent, characteristic style results from a dynamically folded silhouette; this ensures a marked presence and extraordinary haptic.
User-friendliness/function
· Ergonomic and functional· Self-explanatory products, easy to use
Material/Product properties
Use of high-quality materials
Synthetic material· Steel-PA-Compound
Steel core· Use of inner zinced steel core provides stability and security
HEWI Hardware | 43HEWI Hardware | 43
Overview | Range 120
Lever handle 125
Lever handle 126
Framed door lever handle 127
Steel-PA-Compound 44
Steel-PA-Compound 46
Steel-PA-Compound 48
44 | HEWI Hardware
Range 120 | Door Lever Fittings | Steel-PA-Compound | Model 125
Steel-PA-Compoundwhite high-glossblack matt
Material | Colour
HEWI Hardware | 45
Model 125 | Steel-PA-Compound | Door Lever Fittings | Range 120
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possible
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
120
L9S5E
Standard door fitting R-technology class 4 120PBR01.520
Standard door fitting R-technology class 4 120PC R01.520
Lever handle 125 New
Softlink
46 | HEWI Hardware
Steel-PA-Compoundwhite high-glossblack matt
Material | Colour
Range 120 | Door Lever Fittings | Steel-PA-Compound | Model 126
HEWI Hardware | 47
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possible
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
120
Softlink
L9C1E
Standard door fitting R-technology class 4 120PBR01.620
Standard door fitting R-technology class 4 120PCR01.620
Lever handle 126 New
Model 126 | Steel-PA-Compound | Door Lever Fittings | Range 120
48 | HEWI Beschäge
Steel-PA-Compoundwhite high-glossblack matt
Model 127
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle Mounting instructions
Range 120 | Door Lever Fittings | Steel-PA-Compound | Model 127
HEWI Hardware | 49
Item NumberSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possible
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Model 127 | Steel-PA-Compound | Door Lever Fittings | Range 120
Ran
ge
120
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of Steel-PA-Compound with backplate, user category class 4,white high-gloss, lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing withall-round self-locking facility, standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, backplate in R-technology, black matt, user category class 4
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 127 and backplate
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
A9H7E
120PCR52.780
120PBR52.780
50 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Ran
ge
130
HEWI Hardware | 51
Range 130
Range characteristics 52
Overview 53
Lever handles 54
Framed door lever handles 58
52 | HEWI Hardware
Range 130
Coloured and positive
Range 130 combines the clear style and use of form of our hardware with a great variety of uses through a well-rounded range of products.From the entrance to intermediate through to room doors – the Range 130is designed so that it can be used in all parts of a building and on different door leaves and materials.
The elegant lever handle 131 acts as a striking element in the room.The lever handle 133 is clearly and functionally shaped.
User-friendliness/function
· Ergonomic and functional· Universal design – avoidance of sharp and protruding joints· Pleasantly warm and agreeable grip haptic
Material/Product properties
Use of high-quality materials
Synthetic material· Integrally coloured polyamide in 15 colours· Polyamide is lightfast, hygienic and has very good thermal and mechanical
properties
Steel core in polyamide products· Use of internal zinced steel core or steel tube provides stability safety
HEWI Hardware | 53
Overview | Range 130
Lever handle 131
Lever handle 133
Framed door lever handle 132
Framed door lever handle 134
Polyamide 54
Polyamide 56
Polyamide 58
Polyamide 58
54 | HEWI Hardware
Range 130 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 131
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Model 131
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle
HEWI Hardware | 55
Model 131 | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | Range 130
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
130
A7H7E
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):Apartment door fittings: facing right or left
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, with corrosion resistantsteel insert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
131R
131RLT
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Rose305.23R
Escutcheon306.23...
Backplate230.23R
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting285.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting235.23RNR
Backplate235.23R
Backplate285.23R
Escutcheonvacant/engaged fitting306.23RNR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Spacer316ESF
Security escutcheon316ESZ
Security escutcheon316ES
Spacer306.23ESF
Spacer306.23ESZF
Security escutcheon306.23ES
Security escutcheon306.23ESZ
56 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour
Range 130 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Model 133
HEWI Hardware | 57
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square keyApartment door fittings: facing right or left
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
130
Model 133 | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | Range 130
A7H7E
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, with corrosion resistantsteel insert and standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
133R
133RLT
Rose305.23R
Escutcheon306.23...
Backplate230.23R
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting285.23RNR
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting235.23RNR
Backplate235.23R
Backplate285.23R
Escutcheonvacant/engaged fitting306.23NR
Disabled turn and indicatorS24270
Spacer316ESF
Security escutcheon316ESZ
Security escutcheon316ES
Spacer306.23ESF
Spacer306.23ESZF
Security escutcheon306.23ES
Security escutcheon306.23ESZ
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
58 | HEWI Hardware
Range 130 | Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Model 132
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle Mounting instruction
HEWI Hardware | 59
Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings | Range 130
A7H7E
A7H7E
Item NumberColourSpindleModel 132: facing right or left
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
130
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of polyamide ø 23 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility, standard square spindle 8 mm.
Framed door lever fittings consist of:female part Model 132rose for lever handle neck ø 23 mm
132RLT315.23RKN
70
ø 23
168
16
134RLT315.23RKN
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of polyamide ø 23 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility, standard square spindle 8 mm.
Framed door lever fittings consist of:female part Model 134rose for lever handle neck ø 23 mm
60 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Ran
ge
160
HEWI Hardware | 61
Range 160
Range characteristics 62
Overview 63
Lever handles 64
Framed door lever handles 66
62 | HEWI Hardware
Range 160
Durable use
Designed with representative public and commercial buildings in mind, the stainless steel Range 160 shows HEWI's technological expertise in handling this material. The lever handles of the Range 160 are the result of a combination of straight and round shape elements. They simultaneously fulfil both design and ergonomic standards.
The range includes lever handles, pull handles and window handles as well as the roses and backplates which can be used in any range. The selected quality of the material used is a pre-condition for the stainless steel ranges from HEWI. From this the perfect stainless steel surfaces of the Range 160 are made in a complex production process.
User-friendliness/function
· Ergonomic and functional· Universal design· Self-explanatory easy to use products
Material/Product properties
Use of high-quality materials
Stainless steel· Only DIN EN 10 088 alloy steels of the highest quality are used· Good mechanical properties such as resistance to corrosion and strength· Highly abrasion resistant, robust and durable material· Smooth, non-porous surfaces
HEWI Hardware | 63
Overview | Range 160
Lever handle 161X
Framed door lever handle 163X
Stainless steel 64
Stainless steel 66
64 | HEWI Hardware
Range 160 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 161X
Stainless SteelTextured Polished
Modell 161X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
HEWI Hardware | 65
Model 161X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 160
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
160
Please advise surface finishwhen ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
C4K4E
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 20 mm, with standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 20 mm, with standard square spindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
Backplate230.20XAR
230.20XAB
Rose305.20XAR
305.20XAB
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.20XAR
230.20XABNR
Rosevacant/engaged fitting305.20XANR
Rose306.23XA...
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
161XAR
161XARLT
161XAB
161XABLT
66 | HEWI Hardware
Range 160 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel
Stainless SteelTextured Polished
Modell 163X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle Mounting instruction
HEWI Hardware | 67
Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 160
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedSpindle
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
160
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of stainless steel ø 20 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility,standard square spindles 8 mm.
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 163Xrose for lever handle neck ø 20 mm
163XARLT315.20XARKN
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
C4K4E
70 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Ran
ge
170
HEWI Hardware | 71
Range 170
Range characteristics 72
Overview 73
Lever handles 74
Framed door lever handles 76
72 | HEWI Hardware
Range 170
Design classics
The lever handle 170 has a ribbon-shaped contour which provides a wide face and locks facing the door. In interplay with incidental light it emphasises the metal character.
This lever handle shape was designed by Max Bill as part of his work at Ulmer College of Design –a style which has remained valid to this day.
The lever handle of the stainless steel Range 170 is available as a room, apartment and vacant/engaged fitting. The room's fixtures and fittings can be completed with the optionally lockablewindow handle.
The roses, backplates and push handles from the HEWI stainless steel range open up alarge number of very individual combination options.
HEWI Hardware | 73
Overview | Range 170
Lever handle 171X
Framed door lever handle 172X
Stainless steel 74
Stainless steel 76
Ran
ge
170
74 | HEWI Hardware
Range 170 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 171X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model 171X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
HEWI Hardware | 75
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
170
Model 171X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 170
Please advise surface finishwhen ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
T-technology fittings are availablewith Textured surface (A) only.
HEWI Lever handle (R-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 23 mm, with standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separatelyFemale parts with set screw M5 x 8 on request.
HEWI Lever handle (B-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 23 mm, with standard squarespindle 8 mm.
ditto, female part separately
171XAR
171XARLT
171XAB
171XABLT
Backplate230.23XAR
230.23XAB
Rose305.23XAR
305.23XAB
Backplatevacant/engaged fitting230.23XAR
230.23XABNR
Escutcheonvacant/engaged fitting305.23XANR
Escutcheon306.23XA
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover316XAESZ
Security escutcheon306.23XAES
Security escutcheonwith cylinder cover306.23XAESZ
Security escutcheon316XAES
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
C4D3E
20
76 | HEWI Hardware
Range 170 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Model 172X
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle Mounting instruction
HEWI Hardware | 77
Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 170
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when orderingA = Textured (as shown on page 76)C = PolishedSpindle
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
170
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
172XARLT315.23XARKN
HEWI Framed door lever handle (R-technology)made of stainless steel, ø 23 mm, user category class 4, lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility, standard square spindle 8 mm.
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 172Xrose for lever handle neck ø 23 mm
C4D3E
80 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Ran
ge
180
HEWI Hardware | 81
Range 180
Range characteristics 82
Overview 83
Lever handles 84
Framed door lever handles 90
HEWI Range 180
Awarded with the
red dot product award 2001.
82 | HEWI Hardware
Range 180
Reduction and precision
HEWI initiates a return to formally reduced designs with the two new lever handles 181 and 185. Formally developedfrom the rectangle, lever handle models were created which are simple and consistent. These hardware products pick upcurrent architectural trends to deal with surfaces, cubes, profiles and frames.
Made from stainless steel the products provide high quality andlasting durability. The lever handles are optionally combinablewith a round rose or a narrow backplate.
User-friendliness/function
· Ergonomic and functional· Consistent fixture and fitting options throughout· Self-explanatory products, easy to use
Material/Product properties
Use of high-quality materials
Stainless steel· Chromium-nickel steel 1.4301 according to DIN EN 10 088· Good mechanical properties such as strength and corrosion
resistance· High abrasion resistance, robust durable material· Smooth and non-porous surfaces · Aluminium profile with Compound baseplate made of stainless steel· Anodised aluminium profile· Baseplate made of stainless steel fulfils the fire protection suitability criteria
HEWI Hardware | 83
Overview | Range 180
Lever handle 181X
Lever handle 181C
Lever handle 185X
Framed door lever handle 183C
Stainless steel 84
Stainless steel/aluminium 86
Stainless steel 88
Stainless steel/aluminium 90
84 | HEWI Hardware
Range 180 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 181X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 85
Model 181X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 180
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
180
Z3Y3E
Standard door fitting B-technology user cat. class 3Standard door fitting H-technology user cat. class 4Standard door fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
Vacant/engaged fitting B-technology user cat. class 3Vacant/engaged fitting H-technology user cat. class 4Vacant/engaged fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
180XAR01.180
180XAR02.180
217.21X...
180XAB01.130180XAH01.130
180XAB02.130180XAH02.130
305.21X.../306.23X...
Backplates and roses
Lever handle 181X New
Please advise surface finish when or dering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
86 | HEWI Hardware
Range 180 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel/Aluminium | Model 181C
Edelstahl/AluminiumLightgrey Darkgrey
Material | Colour
HEWI Range 180
Awarded with the
red dot product award 2001.
HEWI Hardware | 87
Model 181C | Stainless Steel/Aluminium | Door Lever Fittings | Range 180
Item NumberColourSpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
180
K2Y3E
Standard door fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
Apartment door fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
Vacant/engaged fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
180CAR01.180
180CAR03.188
180CAR02.180
217.20C...R
Backplate
Lever handle 181C
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
88 | HEWI Hardware
Range 180 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel | Model 185X
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 89
Model 185X | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings | Range 180
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.SpindleDoor thicknessKeyway: all possibleIf applicable distance (backplates): all possibleIf applicable emergency release (wc):can be opened with coin or square key
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Ran
ge
180
S7S5E
Standard door fitting B-technology user cat. class 3Standard door fitting H-technology user cat. class 4Standard door fitting R-technology user cat. class 4
Vacant/engaged fitting B-technology user cat. class 3Vacant/engaged fitting H-technology user cat. class 4Vacant/engaged fitting R-technology user cat. class 4 180XAR02.580
217.21X...
180XAB02.530180XAH02.530
305.21X.../306.23X...
Roses and backplates
Lever handle 185X New
Please advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown on page 88)C = Polished
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
180XAB01.530180XAH01.530
180XAR01.580
90 | HEWI Hardware
Range 180 | Door Lever Fittings | Stainless Steel/Aluminium
Stainless steel/aluminiumLightgrey Darkgrey
Item NumberColourSpindle
Material | Colour Ordering and further information Dimensioned view
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Framed door lever handle (H-technology)made of stainless steell/aluminium ø 20 mm, user category class 4,lever and rose fixed by pivot bearing with all-round self-locking facility,standard square spindle 8 mm.
Fittings for framed doors consist of:female part Model 183Crose for lever handle neck ø 20 mm
183C...R315.20XARKN
L7S5E
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
HEWI Hardware | 91
Components
Overview polyamide 92
Backplates polyamide 94
Roses polyamide 96
Overview stainless steel 100
Backplates / roses stainless steel 102
Spindles, installation jigs, fixing material 106
Specifications for tender 109
Application areas 113
Standards 116
92 | HEWI Beschläge
Door Lever Fittings | Polyamide | Components | Overview
203
31
13
112
21,5
180
37
112
21,5
46
13 13
112
21,5
260
105
46
46
112
21,5
55
200
50
13
13
ø 55
38
13
ø 55
38
38
17
ø 58
72
31
50
13
72
31
50
13
5072
16
37
ø 55
13
38
72
31
50
13
Backplate 217...page 94
Backplate 230...page 94
Backplate 235...page 95
Backplate 285...page 95
Rose 305...page 96
Escutcheon 306...page 96
Rose 315...page 97
Escutcheon 316...page 97
Security escutcheon306...
page 98
Security escutcheon withcylinder cover 306...Z
page 98
Security escutcheon316...
page 99
Security escutcheon withcylinder cover 316...Z
page 99
92 | HEWI Hardware
Backplates
Roses
Security escutcheons
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
HEWI Beschläge | 93
Overview | Components | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings
HEWI Hardware | 93
Co
mp
on
ents
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
94 | HEWI Hardware
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Polyamide | Backplates
V4S5E
V4C1E
HEWI Backplate (R-technology)Polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)Polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
217.23R
217.23RNR
180
37
112
21,5
46
13
180
37
112
21,5
46
13
HEWI Backplate (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate (R-technology)Polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)Polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
230.20E230.23E
230.20R230.23R
230.20ENR230.23ENR
230.20RNR230.23RNR
Material | Surface
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour
HEWI Hardware | 95
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Backplates | Polyamide | Components | Door Lever Fittings
Q9J9E
C8Y3E
13
112
21,5
260
105
46
46
112
21,5
260
105
46
13
46
HEWI Backplate (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate (R-technology)polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (E-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
235.20E235.23E
235.20R235.23R
235.20ENR235.23ENR
235.20RNR235.23RNR
112
21,5
55
200
50
13
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
285.20R285.23R
285.20RNR285.23RNR
Item NumberColourDoor thicknessDistance: for backplatesKeyway
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-referenceOrdering and further information Cross-reference
Co
mp
on
ents
96 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Polyamide | Roses
S7J9E
S7J9E
S7J9E
¿ 55
HEWI Lever rose (E-Technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Lever rose (R-Technology)made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
305.20E305.23E
305.20R305.23R
ø 55
HEWI Escutcheonmade of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
HEWI Escutcheon for fire protective doorsPolyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
306.23
306.23FS
HEWI HEWI Rose with turn knob made of high-quality polyamide, fixings included.
306.23NR
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
ø
13
S7J9E
24,5
HEWI Disabled turn and indicatormade of high-quality polyamide, length 87 mm, fastening points 43mm centre to centre, spindle 7 mm square.
HEWI Soft Touch turn and indicatormade of high-quality polyamide, with satin finish, length 87 mm, fastening points 43 mm centre to centre, spindle 7 mm square, 90(black matt), 92 (anthracite grey matt).
S24270
S24270PB
1339 11
95
ø 55
Material | Surface
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour
HEWI Hardware | 97
Roses | Polyamide | Components | Door Lever Fittings
S7J9E
S7J9E
S7J9E
72
31
72
31
315.20R315.23R
HEWI Lever rose (R-technology)polyamide-stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
Suitable for framed doors
316RFS HEWI Escutcheon for fire protective doorspolyamide-stainless steel composite, to suit roses 315.20R and315.23R, fixings not included.
Suitable for framed doors
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
316R HEWI Escutcheonmade of high-quality polyamide, to suit roses 315.20R and315.23R, fixings not included.
Suitable for framed doors
Co
mp
on
ents
Item NumberColourDoor thicknessKeywayEmergency opening: square key or coin
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-referenceOrdering and further information Cross-reference
98 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Polyamide | Security Escutcheons
S7J9E
S7J9E
S7J9E
S7J9E
HEWI Security escutcheonPolyamide-stainless steel composite, ø 55 mm, 10,5 mm thick,hardened lower rose fitting outside, FS escutcheon inside,cylinder overhang 7-12 mm, keyway: PZ, KABA.Complete with machine screws.
306.23ESF HEWI SpacerFor drill resistant escutcheon, made of steel with polyamidering, 55 mm ø, 2 mm thick, keyway: PZ, KABA
306.23ESZ HEWI Security escutcheonPolyamide-stainless steel composite, with cylinder cover due tosupport surround, FS-rose ø 55 mm insert, 13 mm thick, outside hardened sub-rose ø 58 mm, 17 mm thick, cylinderoverhang 10,5 - 15 mm, keyway: PZ, only available in pairs.Complete with machine screws.
306.23ESZF HEWI SpacerFor drill resistant escutcheon 306.23ESZ, made of steel with polyamide ring, ø 58 mm, 3 mm thick,keyway: PZ
306.23ES
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Material | Surface
PolyamidAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Surface | Colour
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
HEWI Hardware | 99
Security Escutcheons | Polyamide | Components | Door Lever Fittings
S7J9E
S7J9E
S7J9E
72
31
13
72
2
31
50
316ES HEWI Security escutcheonrose outside in polyamide-stainless steel composite, roseinside made of high-quality polyamide, for screw-on fixing, cylinder overhang 7 - 12 mm, keyway: PZ. Fixings not included.
Suitable for framed and braced doors.
316ESF HEWI Spacerfor drill resistant escutcheon 316ESSteel with polyamide ring, 2 mm thick, keyway: PZ
316ESZ HEWI Security escutcheonpolyamide-stainless steel composite, with cylinder cover due to support surround, hardened lower rose fitting outside, FS escutcheon inside, keyway: PZ, cylinder overhang 8 - 14 mm.Supply includes fixing.
Roses inside 30 mm wide, 72 mm high, 13 mm thick.Roses outside 37 mm wide, 72 mm high, 16 mm thick.
Suitable for framed doors
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Co
mp
on
entsItem Number
ColourDoor thickness
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-referenceOrdering and further information Cross-reference
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Stainless Steel | Overview
100 | HEWI Hardware
55
38
10,5 10,5
55
38
38
17
ø 58
71
10,5
33
5071
10,5
33
50
5072
16
37
ø 55
13
38
72
31
50
13
Backplate 230...page 102
Rose 305...page 103
Escutcheon 306...page 103
Rose 315...page 104
Escutcheon 316...page 105
Security escutcheon306...page 104
Security escutcheon withcylinder cover 306...Zpage 104
Security escutcheon316...page 105
Security escutcheon withcylinder cover 316...Zpage 105
Backplates
Roses
Security escutcheon
Overview | Stainless Steel | Components | Door Lever Fittings
HEWI Hardware | 101HEWI Hardware | 101
Co
mp
on
entsSoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
102 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Stainless steel | Backplates
Q4J9E
Q4J9G
HEWI Backplate (R-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate (basic-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of synthetic material with pressurespring, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 21 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
230.20XAR230.23XAR
230.20XAB230.21XAB230.23XAB
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (R-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/ stainless steel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Backplate with turn knob (basic-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of synthetic material with pressurespring, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
230.20XARNR230.23XARNR
230.20XABNR230.23XABNR
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Material | Surface
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface
HEWI Hardware | 103
Roses | Stainless Steel | Components | Door Lever Fittings
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
G3Y3E
G3Y3G
G3Y3G
55
10,5
10,5
55
HEWI Lever rose (R-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite, fixings included.for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
HEWI Lever rose (H -technology)
HEWI Lever rose (basic-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of synthetic material with pressure spring, fixings included.for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 21 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
305.20XAR305.23XAR
305.21XAH
305.20XAB305.21XAB305.23XAB
HEWI Escutcheonstainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite.
HEWI Escutcheon for fire protective doorsstainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite,fixings included.
HEWI Escutcheon (basic-technology) stainless steel,
306.23XA
306.23XAFS
306.23XAB
HEWI Rose with turn knobstainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide.
306.23XANR
Co
mp
on
ents
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedDoor thicknessKeywayEmergency opening: square key or coin
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-referenceOrdering and further information Cross-reference
104 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Components | Stainless Steel | Roses
G3Y3E
G3Y3E
306.23XAES HEWI Security escutcheonoutside stainless steel, ø 55 mm, 12 mm thick, inside FS escutcheon with substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite, FS escutcheon inside, cylinder overhang 9-15 mm, keyway: PZ, fixings included.
306.23XAESZ HEWI Security escutcheon with cylinder coverstainless steel, with cylinder cover due to support surround, inside FSrose ø 55 mm, 13 mm thick, outside hardened sub-rose diameter 58mm, 17 mm thick, cylinder overhang 10,5 - 15 mm, keyway: PZ, only available in pairs, fixings included.
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
G3Y3E
HEWI Lever rose (R-technology)stainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/stainlesssteel composite, fixings included.
for lever handle neck ø 20 mmfor lever handle neck ø 23 mm
315.20XAR315.23XAR
Material | Surface
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface | Colour
HEWI Hardware | 105
Roses | Stainless Steel | Components | Door Lever Fittings
Co
mp
on
ents
Co
mp
on
ents
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
G3Y3E
HEWI Security escutcheonoutside made of solid stainless steel (conical), 10 mm thick,inside FS* rose with bottom section made of polyamide-stainlesssteel composite, cylinder protrusions 9 -15 mm, keyway: PZ(profile cylinder).
316XAES
G3Y3E
HEWI Escutcheonstainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/ stainlesssteel composite, fixings included.
HEWI Escutcheon for fire protective doorsstainless steel, substructure made of a polyamide/ stainlesssteel composite, fixings included.
316XAR
316XARFS
G3Y3E
HEWI Security escutcheon with cylinder cover made of stainless steel, with cylinder cover through support surround, inner FS* rose, 10.5 mm thick, made of stainless steel,with cylinder cover through support surround, inner FS* rose,10.5 mm thick, outer protective rose (conical), 14 mm thick,cylinder protrusions of 10.5 – 15 mm, Profile cylinder keyway, available in pairs only, fixings included.
316XAESZ
Co
mp
on
ents
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedDoor thickness
� Spindles, fixing material pages 106, 107� Specification for tender page 109� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Dimensioned view Ordering and further information Cross-referenceOrdering and further information Cross-reference
106 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Spindles
C9D3E
HEWI Spindlezinc passivated steel, for one-sided mounting of lever handlefemale parts in R-technology.
ditto, for B- and H-technology
Ordering information· Item Number· Lever spindle 8, 9 or reduced 10 to 8 mm· Dimension x
72.9R
72.6B
HEWI Spindlezinc passivated steel, for connecting fixed knobs with lever handle female parts in E-technology.
Ordering information· Item Number· Lever spindle 8 mm· Door thickness
73.1
HEWI Lever spindle (spring pin)zinc passivated steel, for connecting lever half female parts in R-technology.
ditto, for B- and H-technology
Ordering information· Item Number· Lever spindle 8, 8,5, 9 or reduced 10 to 8 mm· Door thickness
60.9R
69.6B
� on request: lever spindles 61.1 for female lever pairs(E-technology)
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Spindle for anti-panic lock with split followerzinc passivated steel, for connecting lever handle female partsin R-and H-technology.
Ordering information· Item Number· Lever spindle 9 mm· Dimension xi/xa
72.3R
HEWI Spindle for Half Set Same Side Mountingzinc passivated and chromated steel, for mounting of half setslever handles 111E, 111.23E or 115.23E, standard spindle8 mm square, other sizes available.
Ordering information· Item number· Dimension x· Lever handle· Hand of Lever· Door thickness
72.2
BL305.6.10U
HEWI Hardware | 107
Installation Jigs | Door Lever Fittings
C9D3E
HEWI Installation jig (not taken back)for mounting of roses (not 315... and 316...) and backplates and topre-drilling of protection fittings. Made of high-quality polyamide, with drill bushes of hardened steel,adjustable to suit lock centres 42-92 mm (BB/PZ) and 50-100 mm(NR/FB...), complete with centering rods and 7 mm drill (contained in the magazin of the jig).
BL315 HEWI Installation jig (not taken back)for mounting of roses 315... and 316.... on framed and braced doors,made of hardened steel, complete with centering rods.
BL305.6.00 HEWI Installation jig (not taken back)for mounting of roses 305... and 306...., made of synthetic material,with steel centering rods.
Please note: Recommended maximum usage 20 times (wear).
BL550.08 HEWI Installation jig (not taken back)with steel bushes, for installation of HEWI push/pull handles.
ZF27
ZF27HM
HEWI Cutter and centre bit (not taken back) for mounting of protection fittings, E-technology and variable and half fittings in R-technology, ø 27 mm, complete with 8, 9 and 10 mm centreringrods.
ditto, for metal doors
49444 HEWI Cover lifter (cannot be exchanged)for levering off roses or backplate caps when dismantlinglever handle fittings.
BM1106(packing unit 10 pcs.)
BM1180
HEWI Mounting material for framed doorsfor fixing of roses 315... on framed and braced doors, fixings included.
HEWI Mounting material for single-side mounted, R-technology lever handle roses in conjunction with 72.9R spindle including self-tapping screws.
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Co
mp
on
ents
108 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Installation Jigs
The table shows fixing jig and cutterand centre bits required for installingHEWI backplates and roses.
Look for fixing jig and correspondingcutter and centre bit to the right ofthe relevant item number.
217...
230...
235...
285...
305...
306...
306.23ES...
315...
316...
316ES...
Protection fittings
E-technology
R-technology
· variable fitting on knob side
· support module HM...
· mounting material BM1106...
· push-on installation pin 72.9R
Protection fittings
· knob side/outside
H-technology
· variable fitting on knob side
· mounting material BM1106...
· push-on installation pin 72.6B
BL305.6.10Ufor standard installation
•••••••
•
BL305.6.00for max. 20 sets
•••
BL315for framed doors
•••
Backplates/Roses Installation jigs
ZF27
•
••••
•
•••
Cutter and centre bit
HEWI Hardware | 109
Specifications for Tender | Stainless Steel | Door Lever Fittings
Stainless steel lever handles in R-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:R-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications to DIN 18255 and DIN EN 1906, user category class 4 for 8 and 8.5 mm spindles and user category class 4 for 9 mm spindles. Rapid assemblyby means of slotting the lever handle into the base mounted on thedoor. Base made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite.Permanently pivoted bearing with all-round automatically latchingspring clip. Concealed, lock-tight screw connection with socket screwsand support pins.
Function:Double bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearingwith elastic compensation range and a second bearing in the lever collar. Easy-fit spring spindle offsets tolerances between the apertureblocks and the lock nut.
Classification key: · User category class 4 · Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0, class 1 (optional) · Safety class 1· Corrosion resistance class 3· Anti-burglar protection class 0 to class 4· Design type U
Standard or apartment door fitting with 8 and 8.5 mm spindle in R-technology:
4 7 - 0 1 3 0 U
Standard or apartment door fitting with 9 mm spindle and R-technology incl. fire protection licence:
4 7 - 1 1 3 0 U
Stainless steel lever handles in B-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:Basic-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applicationsto DIN EN 1906, user category class 2 for 7 mm and class 3 for 8 and8.5 mm spindles. Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handleinto the base mounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindle and lever handle. Fixed pivoted bearing with all-round, self-locking facility. Concealed,lock-tight screw connection with machine screws and support pins.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 3· Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0, class 1 (optional) · Safety class 0 · Corrosion resistance class 4· Anti-burglar protection class 0· Design type A
3 7 - 0 0 4 0 A
Example spindle 7, 8 and 8,5 mm
Stainless steel lever handles in H-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:
H technology lever handle fittings. Designed for public and commercialbuildings according to DIN 18255 and DIN EN 1906, user categoryclass 4 for 8, 8,5 and 9 mm square spindles. Fast installation due toeasy latching in of the lever handle into the base parts pre-installed onthe door. Anti-loosening connection between spindle and lever handles.Base parts made of plastic - steel composite with black zinc/nickel surface. Face-fixed bearing with automatically latching all-round locking.Concealed, anti-loosening threaded connection with sleeve anchors andpivot journal.
Function:With maintenance free plain bearings. Spring assisted by spring, type A.
Classification key: · User category class 4· Durability class 7· Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance classe 0, optional class 1· Safety class 1· Corrosion resistance class 4· Anti-burglar protection class 0 to class 4 · Design type A
Apartment door fitting with 8 and 8,5 mm spindle H-technology:
4 7 - 0 1 4 0 A
Fire protection fitting with 9 mm spindle in H-technology:
4 7 - 1 1 4 0 A
Sp
ecif
icat
ion
s
Stainless steel lever handles in T-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:T-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications toDIN EN 1906, user category class 1 for 7 mm, 8 mm and 8.5 mmspindles. Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handle into thebase mounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindleand lever handle. Concealed, lock-tight screw connection with machine screws and support pins.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 1· Durability class 7· Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance classe 0, optional class 1· Safety class 0· Corrosion resistance class 4· Anti-burglar protection class 0 · Design type U
1 7 - 0 0 4 0 U
Spindle 7, 8 and 8,5 mm
Door Lever Fittings | Specifications for Tender | Stainless steel | Aluminium
Aluminium lever handles in B-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:Basic-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applicationsto DIN EN 1906, user category class 2 for 7 mm and class 3 for 8 and8.5 mm spindles. Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handleinto the base mounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindle and lever handle. Fixed pivoted bearing with all-round, self-locking facility. Concealed,lock-tight screw connection with machine screws and support pins.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 2, 3· Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0· Safety class 0 · Corrosion resistance class 3· Anti-burglar protection class 0· Design type A
3 7 - 0 0 3 0 A
Example spindle 8 and 8,5 mm
110 | HEWI Hardware
Aluminium lever handles in H-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:H-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications toDIN EN 1906, user category class 4 for 8, 8.5 and 9 mm spindles.Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handle into the basemounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindle andlever handle. Base parts made of plastic - steel composite with blackzinc/nickel surface. Face-fixed bearing with automatically latching all-round locking. Concealed, anti-loosening threaded connection withsleeve anchors and pivot journal.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 4· Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0, optional class 1· Safety class 1· Corrosion resistance class 4· Anti-burglar protection class 0 to class 4· Design type A
Apartment door fitting with 8 mm spindle B-technology:
4 7 - 0 1 4 0 A
Fire protection fitting:
4 7 - 1 1 4 0 A
HEWI Hardware | 111
Specifications for Tender | Polyamide | Door Lever Fittings
Sp
ecif
icat
ion
s
Polyamide lever handles in R-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:R-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications to DIN 18255 and DIN EN 1906, user category class 3 for 8 and 8.5 mm spindles and user category class 4 for 9 mm spindles. Rapid assemblyby means of slotting the lever handle into the base mounted on thedoor. Base made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite.Permanently pivoted bearing with all-round automatically latchingspring clip. Concealed, lock-tight screw connection with socket screwsand support pins.
Function:Double bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearingwith elastic compensation range and a second bearing in the lever collar. Easy-fit spring spindle offsets tolerances between the apertureblocks and the lock nut.
Classification key: · User category class 4 · Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0, class 1 (optional) · Safety class 1· Corrosion resistance class 3· Anti-burglar protection class 0 to class 4· Design type U
Standard or apartment door fitting with 8 and 8.5 mm spindle in R-technology:
4 7 - 0 1 3 0 U
Standard or apartment door fitting with 9 mm spindle and R-technology incl. fire protection licence:
4 7 - 1 1 3 0 U
Polyamide lever handles in B-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:Basic-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications toDIN EN 1906, user category class 2 for 7 mm and class 3 for 8 and 8.5mm spindles. Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handle intothe base mounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindle and lever handle. Fixed pivoted bearing with all-round, self-locking facility. Concealed, lock-tight screw connection with machine screws and support pins.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 2, 3· Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified · Fire resistance class 0· Safety class 0· Corrosion resistance class 3· Anti-burglar protection class 0· Design type A
3 7 - 0 0 3 0 A
Example spindle 8 and 8,5 mm
112 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Specifications for Tender | Polyamide
Polyamide lever handle in E-Technology
Specifications for tender Door lever fitting with E-technology, made of high-quality polyamidewith a steel core through to the ends of the levers, self-locking, maintenance-free slide bearing and HEWI spring bolt connection.Concealed, lock-tight screw connection with supporting expansionpins. E-Technology is designed specifically for private applications.
Aluminium lever handles in H-technology
Specifications for tender Technology:H-technology door lever fitting. Designed for contract applications toDIN EN 1906, user category class 4 for 8, 8.5 and 9 mm spindles.Rapid assembly by means of slotting the lever handle into the basemounted on the door. Non-loosening connection between spindle andlever handle. Base parts made of plastic - steel composite with blackzinc/nickel surface. Face-fixed bearing with automatically latching all-round locking. Concealed, anti-loosening threaded connection withsleeve anchors and pivot journal.
Function:Bearing in the form of a maintenance-free, low-friction bearing. Spring support by compression spring according to design type A.
Classification key: · User category class 4· Durability class 7 · Door weight no classification specified· Fire resistance class 0, optional class 1· Safety class 1· Corrosion resistance class 4· Anti-burglar protection class 0 to class 4· Design type A
Apartment door fitting with 8 mm spindle H-technology:
4 7 - 0 1 4 0 A
Apartment door fitting with 9 mm spindle H-technology:
4 7 - 1 1 4 0 A
HEWI Hardware | 113
Application Areas | Door Lever Fittings
Sp
ecif
icat
ion
s
Standard door fittingFunction: the door can be locked with a key from the inside and outside. Unlocked doors canbe opened from both sides with the lever handle.
Apartment door fittingFunction: the door can be locked from the inside and outside. The unlocked door can be opened from the inside with the lever handle, but, from the outside, only with the key. Apartment door fittings can only be used in conjunction with a variable lock.
Vacant/engaged fittingFunction: the door can be locked from the inside by means of the thumb turn. In case of emer-gency, the locked door can be opened from the outside with a coin or a square key, dependingon the emergency opening type. The unlocked door can be opened from both sides with thelever handle. Vacant/engaged fittings can only be used with a bathroom or WC door lock.
Fire door fitting
Function: the door can be locked with a key from the inside and outside. Unlocked doors canbe opened from both sides with the lever handle.
· Tested to DIN 18273FS and marked with the „Ü“ seal· Square spindle 9 mm· Fire door fittings für lever spindle 8 mm on request
Variable fire door fittingFunction: the door can be locked from the inside and outside. The unlocked door can be opened from the inside with the lever handle, but, from the outside, only with the key. Variable fittings can only be used in conjunction with a variable lock.
· Tested to DIN 18273FS and marked with the „Ü“ seal· Square spindle 9 mm· Fire door fittings for lever spindle 8 mm on request
Anti-panic fire door fittingFunction: the door can be locked from the inside and outside. The unlocked door can be opened from both sides with the lever handle. Should the door be locked, the handle unlocksthe door in the direction of the escape route. This is made possible by an anti-panic-pin whichis split in the middle, each part bein able to rotate independently. Anti-panic fittings can only beused in conjunction with a lock for escape doors (with split lock nut).
· Tested to DIN 18273FS and marked with the „Ü“ seal· Anti-panic square spindle 9 mm· Test to DIN EN 179 on request
Half fittingFunction: the door can be locked from the inside and outside. The unlocked door can be opened from the inside with the lever handle, but, from the outside, only with the key. Variable fittings can only be used in conjunction with a variable lock.
In order to enhance the level of security offered, we advise you to order half fittings for frontdoors in conjunction with:
· Security escutcheon· Security escutcheon with cylinder cover
Inside doors (full sheet doors)
Fire and smoke control doors
Front doors
Practical examplewith handle 111X...3030G3 andfixing type BA5.1
114 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Ordering Aid
Specific information
keyways/distances
Left handed Right handed
Latch and dead bolt operation
Dimension “x inside“ and “x outside“for anti-panic fire door fittings
Dimension “x “for half fittings
Measure the distance for locks and fittings. The following distances are standard*:BB = Lever key e = 57 mm for inside and
corridor doorsPZ = Euro cylinder e = 72 mm for inside and
corridor doors 92 mm forentrance door
Vacant/engaged e = 78 mm When ordering standard, centres will be supplied unless otherwise specified.Other centres and distances upon request.Distance details are not required when ordering rose fittings or specifying them fortender. *UK standard
For lever handle and knob design range 130:Half-combination lever handles are left or righthanded. Right handed means that the end of the lever points to the right.
Emergency opening types for bathroom toilet locks
FBM and M can be opened with coins, FBDand D with a square key.
Bolt spindle for bathroom or WC door locks.
Lever spindles available: 8, 8,5, 9 and reduced10 to 8 mm.
Lever spindle
Dead latch spindle
with indicator without indicator
e e e
Ordering aid for:Door lever fittings in R- and E-technology
Ordering information
· Item number· Surface
for stainless steel and Aluminium products
· Colourfor polyamide products
· Keyway or emergency release for vacant/engaged fittings (see right)· Dimension x for half fittings (explanationsee right)
· Dimension x inside, dimension x outside for anti-panic fire door fittings(explana tion see right)
· Distancewhen using backplates(standard dimensions see right)
· Lever handle left- or right handed (range 130 - lever handles 131, 132
· Lever spindle· Door thickness
In so far as only the item number is provided when ordering, we assume the following standard configuration is required:1. Standard door fitting: door thickness = 40 mm, square spindle = 8 mm, keyway PZ, distance = 72 mm*2. Fire door fitting: door thickness = 48 mm, square spindle = 9 mm, keyway PZ, distance = 72 mm*3. Vacant/engaged fitting: door thickness = 40 mm, square spindle = 8 mm, emergency release with coin, distance = 78 mm*
* for backplate fittings
Vacant/engaged
HEWI Hardware | 115
Ordering Tip | Door Lever Fittings
Sp
ecif
icat
ion
s
Information for:Framed and doors
Information for:DIN 18273
A selection of HEWI lever handlesguarantee observance of the 25 mmsafety margin between the lever hand-le and the closing edge even in caseswhere lever handle is mounted on theedge of the door (see product descriptions).These lever handles have been testedin accordance with the guidelines stipulated by the Federal Association ofAccident Insurers in the Public Sector(BAGUV) and are recommended foruse in public buildings, particularly inschools and nursery schools.
Fire-resistant fittings are subject to specific demands in terms of the structural, functional and stress-related criteria they have to meet. These requirements are laid down by standardsDIN4102, part 5 + 18DIN18082, part 1DIN18095, part 1 + 2DIN18273 In respect of fire-resistant fittings, these standards define relevant structural details as well as functional andstress-related criteria. HEWI fire-resistant fittings comply with all relevant DIN requirements and have been testedby the MPA Dortmund. Their test certification number is 120724396-02.In quality terms, HEWI fire-resistant fittings are verified according to structural quality control list A ( 6.17) and have been awarded the corresponding verification certificate (ÜZ) as well as MPA Dortmund's general structural test certificate (P) - verification contract number 129910-D020.13.
ImportantThe above are only valid if the fittings are installed as complete units together with all the appropriate extras fromone and the same manufacturer, i.e. components from various manufacturers cannot be combined. DIN 18273, section 5.1 stipulates:”Door lever fittings for fire and smoke safety doors must constitute a unit whose individual components have tobe co-ordinated with one another by the manufacturer concerned. The manufacturer has to designate such individual components as belonging to a given unit (e.g. in part lists). Combination of individual components not designated as such – even from one and the same manufacturer – to form units is prohibited. This is still the case even if the compliance of these individual components with the relevant standard has beenverified.
1311
Information for:Roses and backplates with convexed caps
For the convexed caps it could benecessary to use a longer Euro cylinder.
Height of capRange 111P, 120P, 162P R+E-technologyflat convexed
116 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Standards
M1Y3E
Background to the standards:To date, no differentiation has been made in Germany between emergency exit and panic exits regardingdoors in escape and evacuation routes. All anti-panic fittings with square 9 and lever end facing the doorleaf were allowed – whereby the fitting types must be easy to open.The new European standards DIN EN 179 und 1125 for escape and evacuation routes have been in forcesince 01.04.2008.
EN 179 - Emergency exit device
Mandatory standard:Applies to emergency exists at which panic situations are not to be expected. The people in the building are familiar with the exits and their fittings.
The following are approved:Lever handles, push/pull handles (push pads) and other hardware elements designed for use in emergencysituations. Panic bars are of course allowed under DIN EN 1125 too, because higher safety is allowed.
Please note:The fitting and lock must always be tested and certified together.However, they can be specified for tender and delivered separately.For tested and certified lock manufacturers see: www.hewi.de
EN 1125 - Panic exit device
Mandatory standard:Applies to emergency exits at which panic situations can occur. The people in the building are not familiar with the exits and their fittings.
The following are approved:Horizontal grab or push bars (anti-panic bars).Other types of fittings are not allowed.
Please note:The panic bar and lock must always be tested and certified together.However, they can be specified for tender and delivered separately.For tested and certified lock manufacturers see: www.hewi.de
Legal basisDIN EN 179 and 1125 have unconditionally applied since 01.04.2003. There is no automatic obligation to use standards solely because they are valid. They are instead merelyrecommendations which can be used as the voluntary basis of contracts or invitations to tender.The German federal states are currently distancing themselves (as of: January 2006) from general, mandatory application of DIN EN 179 and 1125 for doors in escape and evacuation routes; however, theydo point out that precisely this application can be demanded by the responsible building control authority in individual cases.
Softlink
HEWI Hardware | 117
Standards | Door Lever Fittings
Sp
ecif
icat
ion
s
Note Unfortunately, there is no clear definition of from when a door is deemed to be a panic door and from whenDIN EN 1125 has to be applied accordingly.Planners and architects are completely responsible for application of the standards and classification of thedoors as emergency exit or panic doors and they are personally liable for the consequences of their decision.
Important changes at a glance
• Specific differentiation between emergency exit (DIN EN 179) and panic exit devices (DIN EN 1125)
• Maximum release forces and allowable dimensions are precisely specified(See example of DIN EN 179 on the left)
• Joint testing, certification and marking of fitting and lock is absolutely necessary
• All products, without exception, are tested and monitored by notified test bodies (e. g. by theMaterialprüfungsamt Dortmund). You are already familiar with this monitoring for fire protection covers (Ü mark)
• Uniform requirements for doors in escape and evacuation routes in all countries of the European Union
• Legal continuity (i.e. protection of the status quo) applies to existing buildings: Application of DIN EN 179and 1125 is only required for significant changes to fittings or locks, they are a recommendation forpush/pull handles and push pads
Recommendation for invitation to tender
• With immediate effect, always specify for tender/install all hardware for doors in escape and evacuationroutes according to DIN EN 179 (emergency exit door device) or DIN EN 1125 (panic door device)
• Specify the respective type of device for all relevant doors in the building (emergency exit or panic doordevice) and include them as separate items in the bill of quantities • Separate tender items for fitting and lock too: Choose the required fitting fist and then an appropriate,approved lock
Recommendation for installation
• With immediate effect, always use combinations of fitting and lock for doors in escape and evacuationroutes for which the manufacturer has already announced certification according to DIN EN 179 or 1125 orwhich already exists.If you are uncertain about defining which doors are emergency exit or panic doors, use a panic fitting to beon the safe side.
Further information is available on www.hewi.co.uk
max. Auslösekraft ≤ 70 N(ca. 7 kg)
für Drückergriff und Stoßplatten max. 150 N (ca. 15 kg)
für Drückergriff und Stoßplatten max. 150 mm
max. Ü
bers
tand
100 m
m
Mindestlänge 120 mm
118 | HEWI Hardware
Door Lever Fittings | Standards
8th digit
Design type
A Fittings withspring support.
B Fittings withspring pre-tensioning
U Fittings without spring pre-tensioning
U
U
A
A
7th digit
Anti-burglarprotection
Not burglary-resistant
Low burglary-resistant
Moderate burglary-resistant
High burglary-resistant
Extremelyburglary-resistant
Class 0-4
Class 0
Class 0
Class 0
6th digit
Corrosionresistance
No resistanceto corrosion
Low resistanceto corrosion
Moderate resistance tocorrosion
High resistanceto corrosion
Extremely highresistance tocorrosion
Class 3
Class 3
Class 2
Class 4
5th digit
Safety
For normal purposes
In case ofsafety requirements
Class 1
Class 0
Class 0
Class 1
4th digit
Fire resistance
For normal purposes
Suitable forinstallation inconjunctionwith fire/smokedoors
Class 0-1
Class 0
Class 0
Class 0-1
3rd digit
Door weight
No classificati-on currentlyspecified
-
-
-
-
2nd digit
Durability
100.000Test cycles
200.000Test cycles
Class 7
Class 7
Class 7
Class 7
1st digit
User category
Medium userfrequency,application e.g.in conjunctionwith the insidedoors of resi-dential buil-dings
Medium userfrequency,application e.g.in conjunctionwith the insidedoors of officebuildings
Frequentusage, applica-tion e.g. in con-junction withthe doors ofoffice buildingsaccessible togeneral public
For usage inconjunctionwith such doorsas are subjectto frequent vio-lent treatmentor damage, e.g.in football stadi-ums, militarybarracks,schools, publictoilets
Class 4
Class 1
Class 3
Class 4
ClassificationKey
PerformanceClasses
Class 0
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 6
Class 7
R-technology
T-technology
B-technology
H-technology
EN 1906 As far as the application of the above European standard is concerned, door lever handles and door knobson backplates or roses are classified in accordance with the following 8-digit keys:
91_120_Komponenten_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:11 Uhr Seite 118
120 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 121
Emergency Door Fittings
Overview 122
Push/pull handles stainless steel 124 -126
Push/pull handles polyamide 127
Panic bars stainless steel 128
Locking plates stainless steel 130
Panic handle stainless steel 131
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
Push/pull handlepage 126
Panic handlepage 131
Panic barpage 129
Panic barpage 128
Panic bar range 111Panic bar range 160
Push/pull handlepage 124
Push/pull handlepage 125
Push/pull handles
Push/pull handle
Push/pull handlepage 127
Emergency Door Fittings | Stainless Steel | Polaymide | Overview
122 | HEWI Baubeschlag122 | HEWI Hardware
Panic handle
Overview | Stainless Steel | Polyamide | Emergency Door Fittings
HEWI Hardware | 123
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
124 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface Function
Emergency Door Fittings | Push/Pull Handle | Stainless Steel
Stainless steelTextured
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
C2H7E
111XADG02
111XADG02F
111XADG02ZDF
111XADG02DZF
111XAG12
111XADG02E
111XADG12E
111XADG02D
111XADG02DF
111XADG02ED
111XADG02Z
111XADG02ZF
111XADG02EZ
HEWI Push/pull handle setmade of stainless steel, surface finish textured, handle ø 30 mm, lowerplate section of metal with polyamide caps, plate thickness in lock cylinder area 13,5 mm. Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, pull in opposite direction.Supplied with screws and square spindle.
Function on both sides fixed (both sides without function)
Operation: in the direction of door opening fixed - push withoutfunction, pull in opposite direction.
Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, the opposite direction fixed - pull without function.
ditto, 111XADG02 with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
ditto, 111XADG02 with floating contact that is activated via operationof push/pull handle. Usage for example as handle monitor in con-junction with alarm-secured doors on emergency escape and rescueroutes or for operating support power drives for rotating doors such asthe GEZE Slimdrive SD model.
ditto, 111XADG02E with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN 18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - push
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Operation: in the direction of dooropening fixed - push without function.
ditto, 111XADG02D with floating contact
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - pull
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. In direction of door opening fixed -pull without function.
ditto, 111XADG02Z with floating contact
Attention:- maximum nut pivot angle of 40°- unsuitable for inactive leafs
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Push/Pull Push PullOpening direction of door
Opening direction of door
Opening direction of door
HEWI Hardware | 125
Vermaßte Ansicht Bestellangaben | Zusatzinformationen Querverweise
BL550.08 HEWI Installation jig for mounting push/pull handles page 107
S39990 HEWI Stand for one-sided mounting ontubular frame sections
711DXA HEWI Symbol ø 52 mm, push p. 267711ZXA HEWI Symbol ø 52 mm, pull p. 267GL0501XA150K HEWI Symbol 55 x 55 mm,
push page 255GL0501XA160K HEWI Symbol 55 x 55 mm,
pull page 255
Item NumberOpening direction of doorKeyway: PZ, KABA or BLDistanceSpindle square: 8 mm or 9 mmDoor thicknessMeasurements xa / xi(model with split spindle 72.3PS)
Other keyways and versions for sliding doorson request
� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Stainless Steel | Push/Pull Handle | Emergency Door Fittings
Additional products Ordering and further information Cross-reference
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
H2K4E
400
223
13,5
33
HEWI Push/pull handle setmade of stainless steel, surface finish textured, handle ø 30 mm, lowerplate section of metal with polyamide caps, plate thickness in lock cylinder area 13,5 mm. Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, pull in oppositedirection.Supplied with screws and square spindle.
Function on both sides fixed (both sides without function)
Operation: in the direction of door opening fixed - push withoutfunction, pull in opposite direction.
Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, in opposite direction fixed - pull without function
ditto, 162XADG04 with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
ditto, 162XADG04 with floating contact that is activated via operationof push/pull handle. Usage for example as handle monitor in con-junction with alarm-secured doors on emergency escape and rescueroutes or for operating support power drives for rotating doors such asthe GEZE Slimdrive SD model.
ditto, with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN 18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - push
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Operation: in the direction of dooropening fixed - push without function.
ditto, 162XADG04D with floating contact
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - pull
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. In direction of door opening fixed -pull without function.
ditto 162XADG04Z with floating contact
Attention:- maximum nut pivot angle of 40°- unsuitable for inactive leafs
162XADG04
162XADG04F
162XADG04ZDF
162XADG04DZF
162XADG14
162XADG04E
162XADG14E
162XADG04D
162XADG04DF
162XADG04ED
162XADG04Z
162XADG04ZF
162XADG04EZ
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
Stainless steelMatt
Z2K4E
Emergency Door Fittings | Push/Pull Handle | Stainless Steel
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
126 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface | Colour Function
HEWI Push/pull handle setmade of stainless steel, surface finish Matt, handle ø 30 mm, lowerplate section of metal with polyamide caps, plate thickness in lock cylinder area 13,5 mm. Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, pull in oppositedirection.Supplied with screws and square spindle.
Function on both sides fixed (both sides without function)
Operation: in the direction of door opening fixed - push withoutfunction, pull in opposite direction.
Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, in opposite direction fixed - pull without function.
ditto, DG550XB08 with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
ditto, DG550XB08 with floating contact that is activated via operationof push/pull handle. Usage for example as handle monitor in conjunctionwith alarm-secured doors on emergency escape and rescue routes orfor operating support power drives for rotating doors such as theGEZE Slimdrive SD model.
ditto, DG550XB08E with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN 18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - push
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Operation: in direction of door opening fixed - push without function.
ditto, DG550XB08D with floating contact
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - pull
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Pull in direction of door openingfixed - pull without function.
ditto, DG550XB08Z with floating contact
Attention:- maximum nut pivot angle of 40°- unsuitable for inactive leafs
DG550XB08
DG550XB08F
DG550XB08ZDF
DG550XB08DZF
DG550XB18
DG550XB08E
DG550XB18E
DG550XB08D
DG550XB08DF
DG550XB08ED
DG550XB08Z
DG550XB08ZF
DG550XB08EZ
EN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
Push/Pull Push PullOpening direction of door
Opening direction of door
Opening direction of door
Polyamid | Push/Pull Handle | Emergency Door Fittings
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Hardware | 127
Vermaßte Ansicht Bestellangaben | Zusatzinformationen Querverweise
BL550.08 HEWI Installation jig for mounting push/pull handles page 107
S39990 HEWI Stand for one-sided mounting ontubular frame sections
711DXA HEWI Symbol ø 52 mm, push p. 267711ZXA HEWI Symbol ø 52 mm, pull p. 267GL0501XA150K HEWI Symbol 55 x 55 mm,
push page 255GL0501XA160K HEWI Symbol 55 x 55 mm,
pull page 255
Item NumberColourOpening direction of doorKeyway: PZ, KABA or BLDistanceSpindle square: 8 mm or 9 mmDoor thicknessMeasurement xa / xi (model with split spindle 72.3PS)
Other keyways and versions for sliding doorson request
� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Additional products Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Z2D3EEN 179Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
HEWI Push/pull handle setmade of high-quality polyamide, handle ø 33 mm, lower plate sectionof metal with polyamide caps, plate thickness in lock cylinder area 13,5 mm. Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, pull inopposite direction.Supplied with screws and square spindle.
Function on both sides fixed (both sides without function)
Operation: in the direction of door opening fixed - push withoutfunction, pull in opposite direction
Operation: in the direction of door opening - push, pull in opposite direction fixed - pull without function.
ditto, FSDG550.08 with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
ditto, FSDG550.08 with floating contact that is activated via operationof push/pull handle. Usage for example as handle monitor in conjunctionwith alarm-secured doors on emergency escape and rescue routes orfor operating support power drives for rotating doors such as theGEZE Slimdrive SD model.
ditto, FSDG550.08E with split spindle 72.3PS,is licensed for use in conjunction with fire and smoke doors to DIN 18273 as well as emergency exit doors to EN 179.
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - push
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Operation: in the direction of dooropening fixed - push without function.
ditto, FSDG550.08ZD with floating contact
Push/pull handle set as half fitting - pull
Push/pull handle set as half fitting. Pull in opposite direction fixed - pull without function.
ditto, FSDG550.08Z with floating contact
Attention:- maximum nut pivot angle of 40°- unsuitable for inactive leafs
FSDG550.08
FSDG550.08F
S39184
S39185
FSDG550.18
FSDG550.08E
FSDG550.18E
FSDG550.08D
FSDG550.08DF
FSDG550.08ED
FSDG550.08Z
FSDG550.08ZF
FSDG550.08EZ
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
128 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface | Colour Escape- | Framed door lever handle
Push-bar made of tubular stainless steelTextured
Handle bar:pure white (99), anthracite grey (92), jet black (90),meadow green (73) and stainless steel (A).
Attention!To fulfil the EN 1125 requirements, the panic barmay only be used with certified locks made by thelock manufacturers Assa Abloy, BMH, Fuhr, KFVand Wilka - for further details on the certified lockmanufacturers, see www.hewi.com.
Changes in length beyond a mounting distance of1250 mm (door width 1300 mm), cease to conformto the EN 1125 requirements and therefore no lon-ger have CE approval!
Emergency Door Fittings | Panic Bar | Stainless Steel
C2K4E
Center to center
15
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
EN 1125Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
HEWI Panic bar according to EN 1125made of stainless steel, surface finish Textured (A), with 9 mm through square spindle, push-bar made from tubular stainless steel ø 25 mm,with handle bar made from high-quality polyamide ø 30 mm, or handle bar made from stainless steel ø 30 mm, two gear units with stainlesssteel cover cap, push-bar extendable to the required mounting distance,c to c 761 - 860 mm
ditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mmditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
with 9 mm split square spindle 72.3PS,ditto, c to c 761 - 860 mmditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm ditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
with one-sided 9 mm spindle 72.9PSditto, c to c 761 - 860 mmditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mmditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
New
PS160XA11.01
PS160XA11.02PS160XA11.03PS160XA11.04PS160XA11.00
PS160XA12.01PS160XA12.02PS160XA12.03PS160XA12.04PS160XA12.00
PS160XA13.01PS160XA13.02PS160XA13.03PS160XA13.04PS160XA13.00
HEWI Hardware | 129
Vermaßte Ansicht Bestellangaben | Zusatzinformationen QuerverweiseOrdering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberMaterial/colour of handle barLock manufacturers:Assa Abloy, BMH, Fuhr, KFV or WilkaIf applicable pivot of lockInactive leaf or active leafOpening direction of doorDoor thicknessMeasurements xp / xf or x (depending on model)
� Locking plates page 130� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Stainless Steel | Panic Bar | Emergency Door Fittings
C2D3E
15
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
EN 1125Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
HEWI Panic bar according to EN 1125made of stainless steel with 9 mm through square spindle 60.9PS, push-bar made from tubular stainless steel ø 25 mm, with handle bar made from high-quality polyamide ø 30 mm, or handle bar made from stainless steel ø 30 mm, two gear units with stainless steel cover cap, push-bar extendable to the required mounting distance.C to c 761 - 860 mm
ditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mmditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
with 9 mm split square spindle 72.3PS,ditto, c to c 761 - 860 mmditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mmditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
with one-sided 9 mm spindle 72.9PSditto, c to c 761 - 860 mmditto, c to c 861 - 1010 mmditto, c to c 1011 - 1160 mmditto, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm ditto, shorter push-bar on customers request*
New
PS111XA11.01
PS111XA11.02PS111XA11.03PS111XA11.04PS111XA11.00
PS111XA12.01PS111XA12.02PS111XA12.03PS111XA12.04PS111XA12.00
PS111XA13.01PS111XA13.02PS111XA13.03PS111XA13.04PS111XA13.00
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
130 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface Escape- | Framed door lever handle
Locking platesStainless steelTextured
Panic handleAluminiummade of aluminium with a stainless steel-like finish
Attention!To fulfil the EN 1125 requirements, the panic barmay only be used with certified locks made by thelock manufacturers Assa Abloy, BMH, Fuhr, KFVand Wilka - for further details on the certified lockmanufacturers, see www.hewi.com.
K5H7E
K5H7E
K5H7E
Emergency Door Fittings | Locking Plates | Stainless Steel
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Lever Handle, female part (R technology)Lever handle 162.21XAR made of stainless steel, sufrace finish Textured (A), ø 21,3 mm, 125 mm wide, 62 mm deep,for 9 mm square spindle with grub screw (state in order),in conjunction with the stainless steel backplate 219.20XARPS for paired threaded connection on the lock side with the gear, DIN left and DIN right can be used,Square spindle included with panic bar
HEWI backplate for locking plate of the panic bar PS160XA...made of stainless steel, surface finish Textured (A), substructure made of a polyamide/stainless steel composite, fixings included.33 mm wide, 203 mm high, 10.5 mm deep,distance 72 mm, keyway (PZ)
HEWI backplate for locking plate of the panic bar PS160XA...made of stainless steel, surface finish textured (A), lever handle 162XARfor 9 mm square spindle, as half-set, with backplate without keyhole,for double-sided screw connection on the lock and hinge side, can beused for DIN left and DIN right doors, square spindle included withpanic bar.Lever handle: ø 20 mm, 125 mm long, 62 mm deep Backplate: 33 mm wide, 203 mm high, 10.5 mm deep,distance 72 mm, keyway (PZ)
162XARLT
219.20XARPS
160XAR17.250
HEWI Key rose for panic barmade of stainless steeel, suface finish Textured (A), screw-on inner unit,push-on cover, supplied without screws, 28 mm wide, 72 mm high, 10 mm deep
HEWI Lever Handle, female part (R technology)Lever handle 111XAR made of stainless steel, surface Textured (A), ø 20 mm, 140 mm wide, 65 mm deep,for 9 mm square spindle with grub screw (please state in order),in conjunction with the stainless steel backplate 219.20XARPS for pairedthreaded connection on the lock side with the gear, DIN left and DINright can be used, square spindle included with panic bar.
HEWI backplate for locking plate of the panic bar PS111XA...made of stainless steel, surface finish texturde (A), substructure madeof a polyamide/stainless steel composite, fixings included.33 mm wide, 203 mm high, 10.5 mm deepdistance 72 mm, keyway (PZ)
HEWI backplate for locking plate of the panic bar PS111XA...made of stainless steel, surface finish Textured (A), lever handle 111XARfor 9 mm square spindle, as half-set, with backplate without keyhole,for double-sided screw connection on the lock and hinge side, can beused for DIN left and DIN right doors, square spindle included withpanic bar Lever handle: ø 20 mm, 140 mm long, 65 mm deep Backplate: 33 mm wide, 203 mm high, 10.5 mm deepdistance 72 mm, keyway (PZ)
111XARLT
219.20XARPS
111XAR17.150
316XAPSKN
HEWI Hardware | 131
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
All fire protection model components can be usedfor the outside of the door, fixing materials are included.
Item NumberInactive leaf or active leafDoor thicknessMeasurement xi /xa or x (depending on model)
� Application area, ordering tips pages 113, 115� Information on standards page 116
Stainless Steel | Panic Handle | Emergency Door Fittings
W2H7EEN 1125Tested and certified for doors in panic oremergency.
HEWI Panic handle according to EN 1125made of aluminium with a stainless steel-like finish and full-length 9 mmspindle, comprising a fixing rail and telescopic push/pull handle, both ofwhich can be shortened to size, suitable for both DIN left and DIN rightconfigurations.C to c 651-799 mm
ditto, c to c 800- 950 mmditto, c to c 951-1100 mmditto, c to c 1101-1250 mmditto, length on customers request
with 9 mm split square spindle 72.3PS,ditto, c to c 651- 799 mmditto, c to c 800- 950 mmditto, c to c 951-1100 mmditto, c to c 1101-1250 mmditto, length on customers request
with one-sided 9 mm spindle 72.9PSditto, c to c 651- 799 mmditto, c to c 800- 950 mmditto, c to c 951-1100 mmditto, c to c 1101-1250 mmditto, length on customers request
PG550XA01.01
PG550XA01.02PG550XA01.03PG550XA01.04PG550XA01.0S
PG550XA11.01PG550XA11.02PG550XA11.03PG550XA11.04PG550XA11.0S
PG550XA21.01PG550XA21.02PG550XA21.03PG550XA21.04PG550XA21.0S
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Em
erg
ency
Do
or
Fit
tin
gs
134 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 135
Window Handles
Overview 136
Window handles stainless steel 138
Window handles aluminium 144
Window handles polyamide 146
Window handles steel-pa-compound 150
Components stainless steel 143
Components polyamide 151
Win
do
w H
and
les
136 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Overview
Range 111 stainless steel
Range 160 stainless steel
Range 170 stainless steel
Window handlePage 142
Window handlePage 142
Window handlePage 140
Window handlelockablePage 140
NewWindow handlePage 141
NewWindow handlelockablePage 141
Window handlePage 138
Window handlePage 139
Window handlelockablePage 139
System 162 aluminium
Window handlePage 143
Window rosePage 143
Components stainless steel
System 162 stainless steel
Window handlelockablePage 138
NewWindow handlePage 144
NewWindow handlelockablePage 144
HEWI Hardware | 137
Overview | Polyamide | Steel-PA-Compound | Window Handles
Window rosePage 151
Window handlelockablePage 146
Window handlePage 147
Window handlelockablePage 147
Window handlePage 148
Window handlelockablePage 148
Range 130 polyamide
Range 111 polyamide
Components polyamide
Glass rebated keyPage 151
Window handlePage 151
System 162 polyamide
NewWindow handlePage 150
Range 120 steel-pa-compound
NewWindow handlePage 149
NewWindow handlelockablePage 149
Window handlePage 146
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
� Available HEWI materials/surfaces/colours see inlay on the back page
Win
do
w H
and
les
138 | HEWI Hardware
Window handles | Stainless Steel | Range 111
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
Material | Surface
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlink
S7C1E
S7C1E
111XAFG.1
Item Number
HEWI Window handlestainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°, mounted on oval rose 71 x 33 mm, with support cams ø 10 mm,concealed screw mounting, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre,with 7 mm square spindle, 30 mm long.Delivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.
111XAFGA.1
111XAFGA.1K
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square,cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder requires a separate key
(2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
HEWI Hardware | 139
Range 111 | Stainless Steel | Window Handles
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberSurface:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single locking typeNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle lenght outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlink
Z7H3E
Z7H3E
HEWI Window handlestainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,mounted on oval rose 71 x 33 mm, with support cams ø 10 mm,concealed screw mounting, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre,with 7 mm square spindle, 30 mm long.Delivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.
111XAFG.6
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square, cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with other spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a separate
key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using
the same key.
111XAFGA.6
111XAFGA.6K
Item Number
Win
do
w H
and
les
140 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 160
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
Material | Surface Functions
W7H7E
W7H7E
HEWI Window handlestainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°, mountedon oval rose 71 x 33 mm, with support cams ø 10 mm,concealed screw mounting, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre,with 7 mm square s.pindle, 30 mm long.Delivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.
160XAFG.1
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
160XAFGA.1
160XAFGA.1K
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square,cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with other spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder requires a separate key
(2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
HEWI Hardware | 141
Model 162 | Stainless Steel | Window Handles
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberSurface:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single locking typeNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle lenght outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Z7K4E
Z7K4E
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square,cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.
33
71
10,5
135
21,3 72
43
162XAFGA.2
162XAFGA.2K
33
75
28
21,3 89
135
43
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
New
New
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, handle ø 21,3 mm, handle held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with steel body andalignment lugs, fixing screws protected against unauthorized removal,snap on cover, fastening points 43 mm centre to centre, spindle 7mmsquare, 30 mm long, cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in 4 set positions,cylinders can be supplied to pass or to differ.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
162XAFG.2New
Win
do
w H
and
les
142 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 170
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
Material | Surface Functions
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
Z7D3E
HEWI Window handlestainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°, mounted on oval rose 71 x 33 mm, with support cams ø 10 mm,concealed screw mounting, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre,with 7 mm square spindle, 30 mm long.
Deliverable with other pin lengths on request.
170XAFG.1
HEWI Window handlelockable, stainless steel, ø 20 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square,cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
170XAFGA.1
170XAFGA.1K
Z7D3E
HEWI Hardware | 143
Components | Stainless Steel | Window handles
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberSurface:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single locking typeNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle lenght outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
C0Y3E
HEWI Window rosemade of stainless steel, handle held by spring clip at 90°, withalignment lugs and snap on cover, fastening points 43 mm centre tocentre, spindle 7 mm square, operates with square key.
Available with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.Supplied without fixing screws.
326.20XAL
HEWI Window handlemade of stainless steel, ø 20 mm. Deliverable only in surface:A = Textured.
505163
C0Y3E
Win
do
w H
and
les
144 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Aluminium | Model 162
Material | Surface Functions
AluminiumMatt
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
F7J9E
F7J9E
HEWI Window handlelever held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with steel body andalignment lugs, fixing screws protected against unauthorized removal,snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square, cylinder with 5 pins, lockable inall positions.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop for night ventilation on request.
162ABFG.2
HEWI Window handlelockable , aluminium, ø 21,3 mm, lever held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, spindle 7 mm square,cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in all positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
162ABFGA.2
162ABFGA.2K
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
33
71
10,5
135
21,3 72
43
3375
28
21,3 8913
5
43
New
New
New
HEWI Hardware | 145
Model 162 | Aluminium | Window handles
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberColourDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single locking typeNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle length outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Win
do
w H
and
les
146 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Polyamide | Range 111
Material | Colour Functions
H0Y3E
H0Y3E
HEWI Window handlepolyamide, 20 mm ø, length 130 mm, with corrosion resistant steel core, lever held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with alignment lugs and snap oncover, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre, spindle 7 mm square.Delivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop for night ventilation on request.
111FG.1
HEWI Window handlepolyamide, 20 mm ø, length 130 mm, with corrosion resistant steelcore, lever held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with steel body andalignment lugs, fixing screws protected against unauthorized removal,snap on cover, fastening points 43 mm centre to centre, spindle 7 mmsquare, cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in 4 set positions, cylinders canbe supplied to pass or to differ.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
111FGA.1
111FGA.1K
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
HEWI Hardware | 147
Range 111 | Polyamide | Window Handles
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberColourDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single locking typeNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle length outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Q2S5E
Q2S5E
111FG.6 HEWI Window handlepolyamide, 20 mm ø, length 120 mm, with corrosion resistant steelcore, lever held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with alignmentlugs and snap on cover, fixing points 43 mm centre to centre,spindle 7 mm square.Delivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop fornight ventilation on request.
HEWI Window handlelockable, polyamide, 20 mm ø, length 120 mm, with corrosion resistant steel core, lever held by spring clip at 90°, backplate withsteel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protected against unauthorized removal, snap on cover, fixing points 43 mm centre tocentre, spindle 7 mm square, cylinder with 5 pins, lockable in 4 setpositions, cylinders can be supplied to pass or to differ.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
111FGA.6
111FGA.6K
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
Win
do
w H
and
les
148 | HEWI Hardware
Window Handles | Polyamide | Range 130
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Model 162HEWI colours 90 (jet black), 92 (anthracite grey) or99 (pure white)
Lockable window handleTilt-first function:The gearing must be prepared for the tilt-firstfunction. The tilt-first function is available in combination with lockable window handles only.Locked function:The window handle releases the window for tiltingwhen the handle has been rotated through 90°.The casement cannot be completely opened (turned) with the locked function.
Function not locked: The window handle releases the casement for tilting after the handle has been turned through90° and for complete opening at 180°.
Material | Colour Functions
Q2C1E
Q2C1E
HEWI Window handlemade of high-quality polyamide, 23 mm ø, length 130 mm,with corrosion resistant steel core, handle held by spring clip at 90°, backplate with alignment lugs and snap on cover, fixing points 43 mmcentre to centre, spindle 7 mm squareDelivery without screws.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop fornight ventilation on request.
130FG.3
HEWI Window handlelockable, made of high-quality polyamide, 23 mm ø, length 130 mm,with corrosion resistant steel core, handle held by spring clip at 90°,backplate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, snap on cover, fixing points 43 mmcentre to centre, spindle 7 mm square, cylinder with 5 pins, lockablein 4 set positions, cylinders can be supplied to pass or to differ.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
130FGA.3
130FGA.3K
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
HEWI Hardware | 149
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
Model 162 | Polyamide | Window Handles
H2H3E
H2H3E
162PCFG.2 HEWI Window handlemade of high-quality polyamide, available HEWI colours 90 (jet black),92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white), ø 21,3 mm, with corrosionresistant steel core, hanlde held by spring clip at 90°, backplate withsteel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protected againstunauthorized removal, snap on cover, fixing points 43 mm centre tocentre, spindle 7 mm square, 30 mm long.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop for night ventilation on request.
162PCFGA.2
162PCFGA.2K
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
New
New
New
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberColourDIN direction: with K modelTypes of locking: various or single lockingNumber of keys: for single locking typeSpindle length: spindle length outstanding
�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
HEWI Window handlelockable , made of high-quality polyamide, available HEWI colours 90(jet black), 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white), ø 21,3 mm, withcorrosion resistant steel core, hanlde held by spring clip at 90°, back-plate with steel body and alignment lugs, fixing screws protectedagainst unauthorized removal, beveiligde bevestiging met afdekkap,schroefgaten 43 mm h.o.h., met 7 mm vierkantstift, 30 mm lang, spe-ciale schroeven M5, cylinder with 5 spindle tumblers, lockable in alllatched positions.
ditto, for windows with tilt before turn function
Available with different spindle lengths and special screws on request.
Types of lockinga) Various locking types: each locking cylinder repuires a
separate key (2 keys supplied per handle).b) Single locking type: all locking cylinders can be locked using the
same key.
Win
do
w H
and
les
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
Window Handles | Steel-PA-Compound | Range 120
G9H3E
120PBFG.1
120PCFG.1
HEWI Window handlemade of steel-pa-compound, black matt,with corrosion resistant steel core, handle held by spring clip at90°, backplate with steel body and alignment lugs 71 x 33 mm,fixing points 43 mm centre to centre, with 7 mm square spindle,30 mm long.Delivery without screws.
ditto, white high-gloss
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop fornight ventilation on request.
New
New
150 | HEWI Hardware
Steel-PA-Compoundwhite high-glossblack matt
Material | Surface | Colour
H3H3E
H3H3E
H3H3E
HEWI Glass rebated key
made of high-quality polyamide, fitted to wood or metal framedglass cupboard doors, half fitted to frame, half overlaps glass.
554
HEWI Window rosemade of high-quality polyamide, handle held by spring clip at 90°,with alignment lugs and snap on cover, fastening points 43 mm centre to centre, spindle 7 mm square, operates with squarekey. Available with 45° stop for night ventilation on request.Supplied without fixing screw.
Available with other spindle lengths and with 45° or 180° stop fornight ventilation on request.
326.20L
HEWI Window handlemade of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, with corrosion resistantsteel core
31710
HEWI Hardware | 151
Components | Polyamide | Window Handles
Standard spindle lenght 30 mm
Item numberColour
Spindle length: spindle length outstanding�HEWI Door accessories page 258�HEWI Pull handles page 156
Spindle length Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationSoftlinkItem Number
Win
do
w H
and
les
152 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
Pull Handles
HEWI Hardware | 153
Overview 154
Pull handles stainless steel, range 111 158
Pull handles stainless steel, range 160 164
Pull handles stainless steel, CombiSystem 170
Pull handles polyamide, range 111 174
Pull handles polyamide, range 130 177
Pull handles polyamide, ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm 178
Installation jigs 184
Fixing types 186
Mounting instructions 196
Pu
ll H
and
les
154 | HEWI Baubeschlag154 | HEWI Hardware
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Overview
Pull handles range 111
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm
page 157
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 157
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 159
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm pages 160, 161
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 156
Pull handles range 160
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm
page 163
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 164
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 165
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm pages 166, 167
Pull handle,ø 25 mm ø 30 mm ø 40 mm page 162
CombiSystem range 111
Stainless steel tube,ø 30 mm page 168
T-shaped, inclined,ø 30 mmpage 169
Pull handleø 30 mmpage 170
Pull handleø 30 mm page 170
90° Angle support,ø 30 mmpage 169
90° Angle support,ø 30 mm page 168
CombiSystem range 160
Pull handle,ø 30 mmpage 168
HEWI Baubeschlag | 155HEWI Hardware | 155
Overview | Polyamide | Thermoplastic Polyurethane | Pull Handles
Pull handles range 111
Pull handle,ø 30 mm
page 172
Pull handle,ø 30 mm ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 173
Pull handle,ø 30 mm ø 33 mm
page 174
Pull handle,ø 30 mm
page 176
Pull handle,ø 30 mm ø 33 mm
page 172
Pull handle,
ø 33 mm
page 176
Pull handle,
ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 175
Pull handle,
ø 33 mm
page 176
Pull handles ø 33 and ø 40 mm
Pull handle,ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 178
Pull handle,ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 179
Pull handle,ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 182
Pull handle,ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 180
Pull handle,ø 33 mm ø 40 mm page 181
Pull handle,ø 31 mm page 177
Pull handle,ø 33 mm page 177
Pull handles range 130
Pull handle Soft Touch
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
� Available HEWI materials/surfaces/colours see inlay on the back page
Pu
ll H
and
les
Stainless steelTextured Polished
156 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 111
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
G7D3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C200 mm210 mm250 mm300 mm
111XA.25...G1
111XA.2520G1111XA.2521G1111XA.2525G1111XA.2530G1
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mm made of stainless steel.
C to C300 mm350 mm360 mm400 mm500 mm600 mm800 mm
1000 mm1500 mm
111XA.30...G1
111XA.3030G1111XA.3035G1111XA.3036G1111XA.3040G1111XA.3005G1111XA.3006G1111XA.3008G1111XA.3010G1111XA.3015G1
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mm made of stainless steel, C to C 400 mm.
111XA.4040G1
G7D3E
G7D3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other C to C messurements on request.
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 138� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
HEWI Hardware | 157
Range 111 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
N7J9E
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b200 mm 165 mm
111XA.2520G2
111XA.2520G2
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b300 mm 230 mm350 mm 255 mm
111XA.30...G2
111XA.3030G2111XA.3035G2
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
N7J9E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
158 | HEWI Hardware
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 111
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b250 mm 139 mm300 mm 164 mm
111XA.25...G3
111XA.2525G3111XA.2530G3
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mm made of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b300 mm 159 mm350 mm 190,5 mm360 mm 195,5 mm400 mm 215,5 mm
111XA.30...G3
111XA.3030G3111XA.3035G3111XA.3036G3111XA.3040G3
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mm made of stainless steel, C to C 400 mm.
111XA.4040G3
C5Y3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 159
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other C to C messurements on request.
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 138� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Range 111 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mm made of stainless steel.
C to C200 mm210 mm250 mm300 mm
111XA.25...G4
111XA.2520G4111XA.2521G4111XA.2525G4111XA.2530G4
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mm made of stainless steel.
C to C300 mm350 mm360 mm400 mm
111XA.30...G4
111XA.3030G4111XA.3035G4111XA.3036G4111XA.3040G4
V0S5E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
111XA.4040G4 HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mm made of stainless steel, C to C 400 mm.
Pu
ll H
and
les
Stainless steelTextured Polished
160 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface Onesided installation
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
V0C1E
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C = 300 mm, left or right handed
111XA.2530G5
111XA.2530G5
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C300 mm, left or right handed800 mm, left or right handed900 mm, left or right handed
1000 mm, left or right handed
111XA.30...G5
111XA.3030G5111XA.3080G5111XA.3090G5111XA.3001G5
Photo right handed
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 111
V0C1E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable left- or right handed If applicable door thickness
Other C to C messurements on request.
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 138� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
HEWI Hardware | 161
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
V0C1E
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C1000 mm, left or right handed1100 mm, left or right handed1200 mm, left or right handed
111XA.40...G5
111XA.4001G5111XA.4002G5111XA.4003G5
Photo right handed
Range 111 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
162 | HEWI Hardware
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 160
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C200 mm210 mm250 mm300 mm
160XA.25...G1
160XA.2520G1160XA.2521G1160XA.2525G1160XA.2530G1
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C300 mm350 mm360 mm400 mm500 mm600 mm800 mm
1000 mm1500 mm
160XA.30...G1
160XA.3030G1160XA.3035G1160XA.3036G1160XA.3040G1160XA.3005G1160XA.3006G1160XA.3008G1160XA.3010G1160XA.3015G1
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of stainless steel, C to C 400 mm.
160XA.4040G1
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
C0H3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 163
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other C to C messurements on request.
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 140� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Range 160 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
J0H7E
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b200 mm 135 mm
160XA.2520G2
160XA.2520G2
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C dimension b300 mm 195 mm350 mm 220 mm
160XA.30...G2
160XA.3030G2160XA.3035G2
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
J0H7E Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
164 | HEWI Hardware
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 160
C0K4E
160XA.30...G4
160XA.3030G4160XA.3035G4160XA.3036G4160XA.3040G4
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C200 mm210 mm250 mm300 mm
160XA.25...G4
160XA.2520G4160XA.2521G4160XA.2525G4160XA.2530G4
160XA.4040G4 HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of stainless steel, C to C 400 mm.
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C300 mm350 mm360 mm400 mm
HEWI Hardware | 165
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other messurements on request
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 140� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Range 160 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
C0D3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel.
C to C length L200 mm 300 mm210 mm 300 mm250 mm 350 mm300 mm 400 mm
100 mm - 1300 mm 150 mm - 1400 mm
160XA.25...G6
160XA.2520G6160XA.2521G6160XA.2525G6160XA.2530G6
160XA.2500G6
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel, with supports ø 25 mm.
C to C length L300 mm 400 mm350 mm 450 mm360 mm 450 mm400 mm 500 mm500 mm 600 mm700 mm 800 mm900 mm 1000 mm
1400 mm 1500 mm
100 mm - 1500 mm 150 mm - 1549 mm 1501 mm - 2200 mm 1550 mm - 2250 mm *1
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of stainless steel, with supports ø 25 mm, a = 400 mm, L = 500 mm.
C to C = 100 - 450 mm (a max. = L - 50 mm), length L = 500 mm.
160XA.4040G6
160XA.4000G6
160XA.30...G6
160XA.3030G6160XA.3035G6160XA.3036G6160XA.3005G6160XA.3006G6160XA.3008G6160XA.3010G6160XA.3015G6
160XA.3000G6
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
*1 Note:From a unit spacing of 1500 mm, optionallywith three supports (state distance a1 and a2)or inner stabilisation.
a max = L - 50 mm
Length 160XA.2500G6 160XA.3000G6(mm)
150-199
200-299
300-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000-2099
2100-2199
2200-2299
Other lengths measurements on request
Pu
ll H
and
les
153_198_Griffe_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:24 Uhr Seite 165
Stainless steelTextured Polished
Attention:Minimum fixing distance to door edge 24 mm(see illustration).
*1 Note:From a unit spacing of 1500 mm, optionally withthree supports (state distance a1 and a2) or innerstabilisation.
166 | HEWI Hardware
Material | Surface Mounting instructions Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 160
Q0J9E
160XA.30...G7
160XA.3030G7160XA.3035G7160XA.3036G7160XA.3005G7160XA.3006G7160XA.3008G7160XA.3010G7160XA.3015G7
160XA.3000G7
HEWI Pull handle ø 25 mmmade of stainless steel, with inclined supports, suitable for framed and braced doors. Cannot be installed with roses.
C to C length L200 mm 300 mm210 mm 300 mm250 mm 350 mm300 mm 400 mm
100 mm - 1300 mm 1500 mm - 1400 mm
160XA.25...G7
160XA.2520G7160XA.2521G7160XA.2525G7160XA.2530G7
160XA.2500G7
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mm made of stainless steel, with inclined supports, suitable for framed and braced doors. Cannot be installed with roses.
C to C length L300 mm 400 mm350 mm 450 mm360 mm 450 mm400 mm 500 mm500 mm 600 mm700 mm 800 mm900 mm 1000 mm
1400 mm 1500 mm
100 mm - 1500 mm 150 mm - 1549 mm 1501 mm - 2200 mm 1550 mm - 2250 mm *1
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Length 160XA.2500G7 160XA.3000G7(mm)
150-199
200-299
300-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000-2099
2100-2199
2200-2299
Other lengths measurements on request
a max = L - 50 mm
HEWI Hardware | 167
Item NumberPlease advise surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other messurements on request
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 140� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Range 160 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
Q0J9E
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of stainless steel, with inclined supports,a = 400 mm, L = 500 mm, suitable for framed and braced doors.Cannot be installed with roses.
C to C = 100 - 450 mm (a max. = L - 50 mm), length L = 500 mm
160XA.4040G7
160XA.4000G7
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Pu
ll H
and
les
153_198_Griffe_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:24 Uhr Seite 167
168 | HEWI Hardware
Components stainless steelTextured
Decorative ring stainless steelTextured Polished
Material | Surface Onesided installation
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 111 | CombiSystem
H4Y3E
HEWI 90° angled support, ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, with connecting and fixingelement. Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.Please note: packaging unit 10 pces.
Optional third support with connecting elements on both sides, height 60 mm.
111XA30K1...
506132
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, a = 901 – 1000 mm.Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.
ditto, C to C variable, a = 360 – 2560 mmThird support available on request.
111XA30B1...
HEWI Stainless steel tube, ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, length 2700 mm.Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.Please note: packaging unit 4 pces.
100XA30K27
M8H3E
M8H3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 169
Item NumberSurface finish of decorative ring to add toitem number:A = TexturedC = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
*Tolerances caused by production of ± 1.5% arepossible.
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 140� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
CombiSystem | Range 160 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
HEWI 90° angled support, ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, with connecting and fixing element.Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.Please note: packaging unit 10 pces.
Optional third support with connecting elements on both sides, height 40 mm.
HEWI T-shaped support, ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, with connecting and fixing element.Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.Please note: packaging unit 10 pces.
Optional third support with connecting elements on both sides, height 50 mm.
80
59 ø 30
90
53˚
75
24
HEWI T-shaped, inclined, ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, with connecting and fixing element,inclined support, suitable for framed and braced doors. Surface finish of tube: A = Textured. Cannot be installed with roses.Please note: packaging unit 10 pces.
Optional third support with connecting elements on both sides, height 60 mm..
160XA30K6...
506138
160XA30K7...
506131
P7S5E
P7S5E
P7S5E Attention:Minimum fixing distance to dooredge 24 mm (see illustration).
160XA30K1...
506133
Pu
ll H
and
les
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, a = 901 – 1000 mm. Surface finish of tube: A = Textured, with inclined supports,suitable for framed and braced doors. Cannot be installedwith roses.
ditto, C to C variable, a = 250 – 2460 mm, third support available on request.
170 | HEWI Hardware
Components stainless steelTextured
Decorative ring stainless steelTextured Polished
H5K4E
H5D3E
Pull Handles | Stainless Steel | Range 160 | CombiSystem
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, a = 901 – 1000 mm. Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.
dto., C to C variable, a = 360 – 2560 mm, third support available on request.
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of stainless steel CombiSystem, a = 901 – 1000 mm.Surface finish of tube: A = Textured.
ditto, C to C variable, a = 250 – 2460 mm, third support available on request.
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Material | Surface Onesided installation
160XA30B7...
160XA30B1...
160XA30B6...
Attention:Minimum fixing distance to dooredge 24 mm (see illustration).
H5H3ERecommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Item NumberSurface finish of decorative ring to add toitem number:A = TexturedC = PolishedFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
*Tolerances caused by production of ± 1.5% arepossible.
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 140� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
HEWI Hardware | 171
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
CombiSystem | Range 160 | Stainless Steel | Pull Handles
Pu
ll H
and
les
172 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | Range 111
E8Y3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 173 mm.
550LT
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 250 mm.
550.250LT
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 300 mm.
550.33LT
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 173
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 146� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Range 111 | Polyamide | Pull Handles
E8Y3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 250 mm.
550.250GKLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 300 mm.
550.33GKLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 360 mm.
550.40GKLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 210 mm.
550GKLT
E8Y3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
174 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | Range 111
E8Y3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 360 mm.
550.33GKWLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 300 mm.
550.300GKWLT
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
E8Y3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Baubeschlag | 175
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 146� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Range 111 | Polyamide | Pull Handles
E8Y3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, with corrosion resistant steel core,supports ø 30 mm, c to c 300 mm.
Please note:Rose fixing only possible with BA...30STG! page 195
550.33KSLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, with corrosion resistant steelcore, supports ø 33 mm, c to c 400 mm.
Please note:Rose fixing only possible with BA...33STG! page 195
550.40KSLT
E8Y3E
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
176 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Mounting instructions Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | Range 111
E8Y3E
E8Y3E
P4S5E
HEWI Pull handle ø 30 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 100 mm.
Please note:Rose fixing only possible with BA...30STG! page 195
550KRLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, c to c 210 mm.
Design-related minimum distance to closing edge (25 mmas per BUK guidelines) optimised, therefore particularly suitable for framed doors.
550.33GKRLT
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,c to c 540 mm.
rear fixing with dummy roses ø 33 mm one-sided fixing with fitting sleeve L = 32.5 mm, door thickness 40-50 mmone-sided fixing with fitting sleeve L = 46 mm, door thickness from 50 mmdouble-sided fixing double-sided fixing to glassDouble-sided fixing only possible on glass doors.
33.2072.418733.2072.5.533.2072.5.433.2072.718733.2072.7287
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Suitable for framed doors
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 177
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles pages 146, 148� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
J5J9E
Range 130 | Range 111 | Polyamide | Thermoplastic Polyurethane | Pull Handles
HEWI Pull handlemade of high-quality polyamide, supports ø 31 mm, c to c 300 mm.
Design-related minimum distance to closing edge (25 mmas per BUK guidelines) optimised, therefore particularlysuitable for framed doors.
130.550.1
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Pull handle Soft Touch ø 33 mmmade of thermoplastic polyurethane, c to c 425 mm.
111PB.3343G1
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge P
ull
Han
dle
s
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
178 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm
P4C1E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core.
33.2010
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core.
90° bend with outer radius 70 mm.90° bend with outer radius 100 mm.
40.201040.2010R
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
c to c 33.2010 40.2010 40.2010R
from (mm) 200 215 215
200-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000-2099
2100-2199
2200-2250
to (mm) 2150 2250 2250
Other dimensions on request
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
HEWI Hardware | 179
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other lengths and messurementson request
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 146� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
O4H7E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core.
33.2020
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core.
40.2020
c to c 33.2020 40.2020
from (mm) 200 215
200-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000
to (mm) 2000 2000
Other dimensions on request
ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm | Polyamide | Pull Handles
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Pu
ll H
and
les
153_198_Griffe_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:26 Uhr Seite 179
180 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Mounting instructions Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm
Suitable for framed doors
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
E4D3E
HEWI Handle, ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, with corrosion resistant steel core.
33.2023
HEWI Handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, with corrosion resistant steel core.
40.2023
c to c 33.2023 40.2023
from (mm) 280 310
280-399
400-499
500-550
to (mm) 500 550
Other dimensions on request
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other lengths and messurementson request
�HEWI Lever handles page 7�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 146� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm | Polyamide | Pull Handles
Pu
ll H
and
les
HEWI Hardware | 181
153_198_Griffe_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:26 Uhr Seite 181
182 | HEWI Hardware
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Material | Colour Mounting instructions Onesided installation
Pull Handles | Polyamide | ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm
G5Y3E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core.
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,supports ø 33 mm.
40.2070
Length 33.2070 40.2070
from (mm) 300 300
300-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000-2099
2100-2199
2200-2250
to (mm) 2150 2250
Other dimensions on request
Suitable for framed doors
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
Recommended minimum clearance to closing/locking edge
33.2070
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Hardware | 183
Item NumberColourFixing types: page 186If applicable door thickness
Other lengths and messurementson request
�HEWI Lever handles pages 25, 63�HEWI Symbols stainless steel page 250�HEWI Window handles page 149� Mounting instructions/framed doors page 196
Double-sided installation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
ø 33 mm and ø 40 mm | Polyamide | Pull Handles
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
L0S5E
HEWI Pull handle ø 33 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core, withinclined supports ø 31,5 mm, suitable for framed and braced doors.Cannot be installed with roses.
Design-related minimum distance to closing edge (25 mmas per BUK guidelines) optimised, therefore particularlysuitable for framed doors.
33.2070S
HEWI Pull handle ø 40 mmmade of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core, withinclined supports ø 31,5 mm, suitable for framed and braced doors.Cannot be installed with roses.
Design-related minimum distance to closing edge (25 mmas per BUK guidelines) optimised, therefore particularlysuitable for framed doors.
40.2070S
Length 33.2070S 40.2070S
from (mm) 300 300
300-399
400-499
500-599
600-699
700-799
800-899
900-999
1000-1099
1100-1199
1200-1299
1300-1399
1400-1499
1500-1599
1600-1699
1700-1799
1800-1899
1900-1999
2000-2099
2100-2199
2200-2250
to (mm) 2150 2250
Other dimensions on request
Attention:Minimum fixing distance to dooredge 25 mm (see illustration).
Attention:Minimum fixing distance to dooredge 25 mm (see illustration).
Pu
ll H
and
les
153_198_Griffe_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:26 Uhr Seite 183
184 | HEWI Hardware
Pull Handles | Installation Jigs
HEWI Installation jighardened steel, for installing HEWI handles 550..., 130.550...,dimension of gudgeon adjustable.Adjustable centre to centre from 100 – 400 mm
BL550
Item Number Dimensions in mm / Specification
186 | HEWI Hardware
Pull Handles | Fixing Types
Onesided installation
Double-sided installation
Timber,Plastic profiles,2-3 chamber aluminium profile
Timber,Plastic profiles,2-3 chamber aluminium profile
HEWI Hardware | 187
Technology | Pull Handles
Technical information for:pull handle and fixing conceptthe system is equally suitable for wood doors, plastic profiles, steel profiles and aluminium profiles, too. Theheart of the new fixing system is the BA5.1 fixing sleeve.
Advantages· one fixing system for 3 materials (wood, plastic, metal)
· storage space is reduced due to the use of only a few components
· easy and fast installation
· only perforated handle elements
· modular system
· high durability (alternating load of 100 kg for woodand aluminium, or of 50 kg for plastic)
· no deformation (denting) of the profiles
· Customer rized packaging: single package,double package, ten package
The heart of the fixing systemthe heart of the BA5.1 fixing system is the fixing sleeveof surface-hardened steel, which, by means of its specialthread, can be fitted with a lasting and secure grip towood, plastic, steel and aluminium profiles. It covers 90% of all potential applications.
Centring cone
for guiding and centring
during mounting
Cutting edge
reliably taps thread
into material
Special thread
for lasting grip in wood,
plastic and aluminium profiles
Ring collar
accurate, secure
location on surface
SW10 hexagonal socket
for reliable, effective screw
insertion and tightening
M10 internal thread
fine thread permitting exact
pin adjustment, powerful grip
Surface
hardened, corrosion resistant
Fixing sleeve
Pu
ll H
and
les
per pair
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
BA5.1, BA5.1G
BA5.1R, BA5.1GR
BA5.2
BA5.2R
BA5.0
BA5.3L...
BA5.3L...R
BA6.3...
BA6.3...R
BA6.7
BA6.7R
BA9.1...
BA4.08.12 (Glas)
BA4.08.12X.. (Glas)
BA4...
BA4...R
BA1...
BA5.1...
BA5.1...R
BA5.2...
BA5.2...R
BA5.0...
BA8.08.12 (Glas)
BA8.08.12X.. (Glas)
BA8...
BA2...
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
8/M8
8/M8
14
14
14
18
14
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
18
14
12
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Allocation offixing systemsto pull handles
Fixing typecolour/surfacefinish
required
doorthicknessrequired
Drill hole forpolyamide
handles
forstainless steel
handles
Pull handleswith straight
supports
Pull handleswith inclined
supports
onesided
� Mounting instructions/framed doors from page 196
Indication of
Pull Handles | Fixing Types
188 | HEWI Hardware
HEWI Hardware | 189
Where to Find Everything - Tree Plan | Pull Handles
onesided
wood orplastic or2-3 chamber aluminium profile
outside the lock area BA5.1
BA5.1 190BA5.2 190BA5.0 190BA3.1 UK market only 191
wood orplastic or1-3 chamber aluminium profile
outside the lock areaand also through the lock BA4... 192
inside the lock area
BA5.3L... 190BA9.1... 190BA3.1 UK market only 191
1 chamber steel profile or1 chamber aluminium profile
outside the lock areaand also through the lock
BA6.3... 191BA6.7 191
glass
Rose fixing on door
BA4.08.12 192BA4.08.12X 192
BA1... 195
Category + Type of door + Position = Fixing type page
Rose fixingoutside the lock area
BA2... 195
per pair
wood orplastic or2-3 chamber aluminium profile
outside the lock area
BA8... 194wood orplastic or1-3 chamber aluminium profile
1 chamber steel profile or1 chamber aluminium profile
outside the lock areaand also through the lock
outside the lock areaand also through the lock
BA8... 194
glass BA8.08.12 193BA8.08.12X 193
BA5.1... 193BA5.2... 193BA5.0... 193
� HEWI renovation solution for stainless steel handles page 194
Pu
ll H
and
les
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Pull Handles | Fixing Types | Onesided
190 | HEWI Hardware
BA5.1BA5.1RBA5.1G
BA5.1GR
BA5.2BA5.2R
�
HEWI Type BA5.0for securing handles on one side to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3-chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø.
Dimension L = 46 mm, door thickness > 50 mm
Please indicate the colour when ordering.A safety distance of 25 mm to the closing edge is ensured. Rose fixing:Height of handle + 18 mm.Tested to BUK guidelines.
Tools requiredSW6 and SW10 hexagonal spanner
��
�
� Explanation of dimension Xa page 114� onesided rose fixing page 195
L
HEWI Type BA5.3for securing handles on one side to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3-chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø, dimension L = screw-in depth.
Dimension L Dimension Xa16 mm min. 18 mm17 mm min. 19 mm18 mm min. 20 mm19 mm min. 21 mm20 mm min. 22 mm21 mm min. 23 mm22 mm min. 24 mm23 mm min. 25 mm24 mm min. 26 mm25 mm min. 27 mm26 mm min. 28 mm27 mm min. 29 mm28 mm min. 30 mm29 mm min. 31 mm30 mm min. 32 mm31 mm min. 33 mm
for handles with inclined supports
Tools required SW10 and SW6 (at ...R) hexagonal spanners, SW13 and AW19 open-jawed spanners.
Mounting instructionsAs mounting sleeve 5.3 does not have any cutting edges, thesecuring drill hole with sleeve 5.1 or 5.2 must be rough-cut. The second securing point should feature BA5.1 or BA5.2 forstability reasons.
BA5.3L16BA5.3L17BA5.3L18BA5.3L19BA5.3L20 BA5.3L21BA5.3L22BA5.3L23BA5.3L24BA5.3L25BA5.3L26BA5.3L27BA5.3L28BA5.3L29BA5.3L30BA5.3L31
BA5.3...R
HEWI Type BA5.1.../5.2...for securing handles on one side to solid wood, plasticand 2 to 3-chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø.
Dimension L = 46 mm, door thickness > 50 mmditto, for handles with inclined supportsditto, with grub screw for additional anchoring in metal reinforcementof the plastic profile (see detail)ditto, for handles with inclined supports
Dimensions L = 32,5 mm, door thickness 40-50 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports
Tool requiredSW10 and SW6 hexagonal spanner (at ...R),open jawed spanners SW13 and SW19
BA5.0
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Hardware | 191
Onesided | Fixing Types | Pull Handles
��
1
2
������
L
HEWI Type BA6.7for one-sided fixing on profile doors.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø.
for handles with inclined supports
Tools requiredSW6 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionsmin. 15 mm clearance must be maintained between the firstand second wall when mounting the push-in nut.
BA6.7
BA6.7R
HEWI Type BA6.3...for one-sided fixing on metal or profile doors.Supplied without blind rivet nut or hexagon nut.
Dimension L25 mm35 mm60 mm
for handles with inclined supports
Tools requiredSW6 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionsUsing on metal: thread in door = M8 x length of screw. Using onsections with blind rivet nut: drill hole in door = depending onthe exterior dimension of the nut, rivet flush. Using on sectionswith hexagon nut: drill hole in door = ø 8 mm.
BA6.3.25BA6.3.35BA6.3.60
BA6.3R
HEWI Type BA9.1...for one-sided fixing in lock area.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø.
Dimension Xa 15 to 20 mmDimension Xa 18 to 23 mm
Tools requiredSW6 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionsthe lock case needs to be removed in order to insert the mounting sleeve.The second securing point should feature BA5.1 or BA5.2for stability reasons.
� HEWI ZF20 centring cutter available on request.
BA9.1.15.20BA9.1.18.23
UK market onlyHEWI Type BA3.1for through fixing of handle to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3-chamber aluminium profiles.Drill hole in door = ø 13 mm.
Dimension L = 50 mm, door thickness 40 to 50 mm
BA3.1
min. 15
Pu
ll H
and
les
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Pull Handles | Fixing Types | onesided
192 | HEWI Hardware
�
HEWI Type BA4.... for pull handles made of polyamidefor rear-mounting of handle to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3-chamber aluminium sections using a blind rose fitting.Drill hole in door = ø 12 mm. Dimension L = insert depth.
Dimension L Door thickness6 mm 12 to 20 mm6 mm 20 to 30 mm6 mm 30 to 40 mm6 mm 40 to 50 mm
16 mm 50 to 60 mm16 mm 60 to 70 mm16 mm 70 to 80 mm16 mm 80 to 90 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports
Tools requiredSW5 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionscan also be used for securing using mortice locks.
Please indicate colour when ordering.
BA4.12.20BA4.20.30BA4.30.40BA4.40.50BA4.50.60BA4.60.70BA4.70.80BA4.80.90BA4...R
HEWI Type BA4.08.12 for pull handles made of polyamidefor rear-mounting of handle to glass using a blind rose fitting.Drill hole in door = ø 18 mm.
Tools requiredSW5 hexagonal spanner
Please indicate the colour when ordering
HEWI Type 4.08.12X... for pull handles made of stainless steelfor rear-mounting of handle to glass using a blind rose fitting.Drill hole in door = ø 14 mm.
Tools requiredSW5 hexagonal spanner
Please indicate surface finish and diameter*2 when ordering.
BA4.08.12XA...
BA4.08.12
�
HEWI Type 4...X... for pull handles made of stainless steelfor rear-mounting of handle to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3-chamberaluminium sections using a blind rose fitting.Drill hole in door = ø 12 mm. Dimension L = insert depth.
Dimension L Door thickness6 mm 12-20 mm6 mm 20-30 mm6 mm 30-40 mm6 mm 40-50 mm
16 mm 50-60 mm16 mm 60-70 mm16 mm 70-80 mm16 mm 80-90 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports
Tools requiredSW5 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionscan also be used for securing using mortice locks..Please indicate surface finish* and diameter*2 when ordering.
BA4.12.20XA...BA4.20.30XA...BA4.30.40XA...BA4.40.50XA...BA4.50.60XA...BA4.60.70XA...BA4.70.80XA...BA4.80.90XA...BA4...XA...R
*A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
*2 ...2 = ø 25 mm...3 = ø 30 mm...4 = ø 40 mm
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Hardware | 193
Per Pair | Fixing Types | Pull Handles
�������
HEWI Type BA5.0...for double-sided fixing to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3 chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = ø 14 mm.
Door thickness 35 to 40 mmDoor thickness 40 to 45 mmDoor thickness 45 to 50 mmDoor thickness 50 to 55 mmDoor thickness 55 to 70 mmDoor thickness 70 to 85 mm
Please indicate the colour when ordering.Rose fixing: Height of handle + 18 mm.
Ensures safe distance from opposite closing edge of min 25 mm clear with in accordance with accident prevention regulations for schools GUV – VS 1 and guidelines for Kindergartens – constructionand equipment GUV – SR 2002
Tool requiredSW6 and SW10 hexagonal spanners
BA5.0.35.40BA5.0.40.45BA5.0.45.50BA5.0.50.55BA5.0.55.70BA5.0.70.85
HEWI Type BA8.08.12 for pull handles made of polyamidefor double-sided fixing on glass.Drill hole in door = ø 18 mm.Door thickness 8 to 12 mm.
Tool requiredSW6 hexagonal spanner
BA8.08.12
�������
HEWI Type BA 5.1.../5.2...for double-sided fixing to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3 chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = ø 14 mm.
Door thickness 38 to 43 mmDoor thickness 43 to 48 mmDoor thickness 48 to 53 mmDoor thickness 53 to 58 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports
Door thickness 55 to 70 mmDoor thickness 70 to 85 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports
Tools requiredSW10 hexagonal spanner, SW13 and AW19 open-jawed spanners
BA5.2.38.43BA5.2.43.48BA5.2.48.53BA5.2.53.58BA5.2...R
BA5.1.55.70BA5.1.70.85BA5.1...R
HEWI Type 8.08.12X für Pull handles made of stainless steelfor double-sided fixing to glass.Drill hole in door = ø 14 mm.Door thickness 8 to 12 mm.
Tool requiredSW 6 hexagonal spanne
BA8.08.12X
Pu
ll H
and
les
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Pull Handles | Fixing Types | Per Pair
194 | HEWI Hardware
HEWI Upgrade setfor BA5.1/BA5.1R conversionfor double-sided fixing to solid wood, plastic and 2 to 3chamber aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = 14 mm ø.
Door thickness 55 to 70 mmfor handles with inclined supports
Door thickness 70 to 85 mmfor handles with inclined supports
BA55.70BA55.70R
BA70.85BA70.85R
HEWI Renovation solution for stainless steel handlesdisk to cover existing drill holes in the door, ø 70 mm,4.5 mm thick, made of stainless steel. Supplied without BA5.1 / BA5.2
505340A
HEWI Type 8....for double-sided fixing to solid wood, plastic and aluminium sections.Drill hole in door = 12 mm ø.
Door thickness 12 to 20 mmDoor thickness 20 to 30 mmDoor thickness 30 to 40 mmDoor thickness 40 to 50 mmDoor thickness 50 to 60 mmDoor thickness 60 to 70 mmDoor thickness 70 to 80 mmDoor thickness 80 to 90 mmditto, for handles with inclined supports (up to 50 to 60 mm)
Tools requiredSW 6 hexagonal spanner
Mounting instructionscan also be used for securing using mortice locks.
BA8.12.20BA8.20.30BA8.30.40BA8.40.50BA8.50.60BA8.60.70BA8.70.80BA8.80.90BA8...R
Please indicate surface finish when ordering:A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Hardware | 195
Rose Fixing | Pull Handles
HEWI Fixing type 1...PAfor one-sided handle fixing from the front withpolyamide roses.
Not for use with handles with inclined supports.Supplied without 6 mm diameter countersunk screws.
Please advise colour when ordering.
HEWI Fixing type 1...STGfor one-sided handle fixing from the front with steelrose baes and polyamide roses.
Not for use with handles with inclined supports.Supplied without 6 mm diameter countersunk screws.
Please advise colour when ordering.
BA1...PA
BA1...STG
Fixing types for:onesided installation
� Pull handles with roses
HEWI Fixing type 2...PAfor double-sided handle fixing from the front withpolyamide roses.
Not for use with handles with inclined supports.Supplied without 6 mm diameter countersunk screws.
Please advise colour when ordering.
HEWI Fixing type 2...STGfor double-sided handle fixing from the front withsteel rose base and polyamide roses.
Not for use with handles with inclined supports.Supplied without 6 mm diameter countersunk screws.
Please advise colour when ordering.
BA2...PA
BA2...STG
Fixing types for:Double-sided installation
� Pull handles with roses
Support Cap Rose base Handle mounting heightø 30 mm ø 70 mm divided Steel + 5 mmø 33 mm ø 80 mm divided Steel + 5 mm
BA1.30STGBA1.33STG
Support Cap Rose base Handle mounting heightø 30 mm ø 68 mm Polyamide + 8 mmø 33 mm ø 70 mm Polyamide + 6 mmø 40 mm ø 80 mm Polyamide + 6 mm
BA1.30PABA1.33PABA1.40PA
Support Cap Rose base Handle mounting heightø 30 mm ø 70 mm geteilt Stahl + 5 mmø 33 mm ø 80 mm geteilt Stahl + 5 mm
BA2.30STGBA2.33STG
Support Cap Rose base Handle mounting heightø 30 mm ø 68 mm Polyamide + 8 mmø 33 mm ø 70 mm Polyamide + 6 mmø 40 mm ø 80 mm Polyamide + 6 mm
BA2.30PABA2.33PABA2.40PA
Pu
ll H
and
les
Specification
Pull Handles | Mounting instructions
196 | HEWI Hardware
Mimium fixing distance
Closing edge
max. 400 mmabove floor level
Closing edge
Door edge
Door edge
Safety margin between door handle and closing edgeIn order to avoid injuries to hands when closing or opening doors, a minimum safety margin of 25 mm between the handle (at gripping height) andclosing edge (on the door frame) is necessary(BUK guidelines).The minimum distance between the closing edgeand the handle hole stipulated for each handleguarantees observance of the safety margin.
� see table next page and product specifications
Particularly suitable for framed doorsA selection of HEWI handles also offers the safetymargin of 25 mm to the closing edge even if theyare fixed flush or close to the door / closing edge.These handles are particularly recommended foruse in public buildings.
� see table next page and product specifications
Reduced minimum fixing distanceIf the mounting points for the handle designs illus trated are located outside the usual grippingheights, the minimum fixing distances stipulated canthen be further reduced.
� see table next page and product specifications
Minimum fixing distance with(closing edge - handle drill hole) Standard (mm) BA 5.0 (mm)
130.550.1, 130.550.3 36 20
33.2010 49 20
33.2011 55
33.2020 44 20
33.2021L, 33.2021R 49
33.2023, 33.2023A, 33.2023B 44
33.2070 49 20
33.2070S Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
33.2071 44 20
33.2072...87 39
33.2080RT, 33.2081RT Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
33.2083 44
40.2010, 40.2010R 55 24
40.2011 54
40.2020 48 22
40.2021L, 40.2021R 55
40.2023, 40.2023A, 40.2023B 48
40.2070 55 24
40.2070S Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
40.2071 48 22
40.2080RT, 40.2081RT Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
40.2083 48
550.250GKLT 43 20
550.250LT 48 20
550.300GKWLT 43 20
550.33GKLT 44 20
550.33GKRLT 36 20
550.33GKWLT 44 20
550.33KSLT 56 22
550.33LT 49 20
550.40GKLT 47 22
550.40KSLT 54 20
550GKLT 44 20
550KRLT 63 31
550LT 48 20
111X...25...G1 45
111X...25...G2, ...G3, ...G4, 111X...2530G5 40
111X...30...G1 49
111X...30...G2, ...G3, ...G4, ...G5 43
111X...40...G5 47
111X...4040G1 55
111X...4040G3, 111X...4040G4 47
160X...25...G1 43
160X...25...G2, ...G4, ...G6 44
160X...25...G7 Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
160X...30...G1 46
160X...30...G2, ...G4 48
160X...30...G6 47
160X...30...G7 Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
160X...4040G1 51
160X...4040G2 55
160X...4040G4 54
160X...4040G6 53
160X...4040G7 Mounting of handle flush to door / closing edge possible
HEWI Hardware | 197
Mounting instructions | Pull Handles
Centre to centre min. fixingdistancesfor pull handles
Polyamide
Stainless steel
Pu
ll H
and
les
198 | HEWI Hardware
Pull Handles | Mounting Instructions
22mm14mm
Attention:There is considerably less space available in the mounting area for handles withinclined supports. Consequently the pin hole for handles with inclined supports is 14 mm, compared to the pin hole for handles with standard supports which is22 mm. Therefore a shorter special screw is required. This characteristic is identified in the item numbering by the letter „R“ and this additional letter must be quoted when orders are placed, e.g. BA5.1R.
Information on:pull handles with inclined supports,examples BA5.1 (standard) toBA5.1R (inclined supports).
Handrails and Balustrades
HEWI Hardware | 199
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Handrail system color 200
Balustrade colour 202
Handrail system lignum 204
Handrail system lignum protect 206
Handrail system lignum multiplex 208
Handrail system / balustrade circum 210
Handrail brackets 212
Panel holders 213
Fixing types 214
Overview Cloakrooms 220
Hooks 222
Cloakroom rails 226
Wall coat and hat rack 232
Bench with shoe rack 234
Coat Hooks 236
Coat hanger, pictogram sets 242
The Contracts Division offers a total supplyand fix package for handrails and balustrades from initial conception through to final installation.The package includes technical advice, preparation of specifications, quotation, site measurement, autocad drawings, site fixing programme and project management through tofinal installation.
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Steel: non–flammable (Building Materials Class A2).Polyamide: normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2).
200 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | colour | Handrail Systems
Material | Colour Standards View
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberBracketColour of polyamide � Detailed information on brackets page 212
HEWI Hardware | 201
Handrail Systems | colour | Handrails and Balustrades
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
CO.40.8100...CO.33.8100...
CO.40.8101...CO.33.8101...
Handrail system made of high quality polyamideEnd bends without roses,bracket W2, W3, W7 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),ø 40 mm or ø 33 mm.
ditto, straight handrail with end caps,bracket W2, W3, W7 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),ø 40 mm or ø 33 mm.
CO.40.8100.W11CO.33.8100.W11
CO.40.8101.G11CO.33.8101.G11
ditto, end bends with rose fixing,bracket W11 (bend bracket with concealed fixing), ø 40 mm or ø 33 mm.
ditto, end bends with rose fixing,bracket G11 (straight bracket with concealed fixing), ø 40 mm or ø 33 mm.
W2 W3 W6 W6 oval W7 G11W11
Y0J9E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface | Colour Standards View
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Steel: non–flammable (Building Materials Class A2).Polyamide: normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2).
202 | HEWI Baubeschlag
Handrails and Balustrades | colour | Handrail Systems
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberColour
� Fixing types page 214�Detailed information on panel holders page 213
HEWI Baubeschlag | 203
Balustrades | colour | Handrails and Balustrades
40.9100... Balustradewith colour coated perforated infill panel
Polyamide tubes, 40 mm ø without lengthwise seams, withload bearing corrosion resistant steel core throughout,posts made of 42CrMo4, top rails made of St 52, zincgalvanized and chromated inside and outside, corrosionresistant steel inserts in bends and connectors.Panel holder 40.1150 with removable nylon cover, preparedto clamp 6, 8, 10, 12 or 13 mm thick infill panels.
Balustradewith toughened safety glass infill panel
Polyamide tubes, 40 mm ø without lengthwise seams, withload bearing corrosion resistant steel core throughout,posts made of 42CrMo4, top rails made of St 52, zincgalvanized and chromated inside and outside, corrosionresistant steel inserts in bends and connectors.Panel holder 40.1150 with removable nylon cover, preparedto clamp 6, 8, 10, 12 or 13 mm thick infill panels.
40.9100...
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface | Colour Standards View
Stainless steelSatin finish (grit)
Type of woodBeech, european maple and oak (nature),wenge stained beech. Further colours on request.
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2)
204 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | lignum | Handrail Systems
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberBracketColour of polyamideType of wood � Detailed information on brackets page 212
HEWI Hardware | 205
Handrail Systems | lignum | Handrails and Balustrades
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
LI.40.8100...
LI.40.8100...
LI.40.8101...
LI.40.8101...
LI.40.8700...
LI.40.8800...
LI.40.8700...
Handrail system made of beech:End bends and bends at change of direction made of wood, bracket W3 (concealed fixing) or bracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
Handrail system made of wenge stained beech:End bends and bends at change of direction made of wood, bracket W3 (concealed fixing) or bracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, ends with caps and bends at change of direction made of wood, bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing) or bracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, straight ends with chamfer, bends at change of direction made of wood, bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing)or bracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, end bends, bends at change and elbow bendsmade of stainless steel, bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing)or bracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, wenge stained beech, end bends made of stainless steel
ditto, end bends and elbow bends made of polyamide,bracket W2, W3, W7 (concealed fixing) or bracket W6(visible fixing), only in ø 40 mm available.
W2 W3 W6 W6 oval W7
R0Y3E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface | Colour Standards Principle of lignum protect
206 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | lignum protect | Handrail Systems
Stainless steelSatin finish (grit)
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Type of woodBeech, european maple and oak (nature),wenge stained beech. Further colours on request.
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2)
Strips made of black & white striped HPL, set in the side of straight wooden rails,Groove 10 x 10 mm.
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberBracketColour of polyamideType of wood � Detailed information on brackets page 212
HEWI Hardware | 207
Handrail Systems | lignum protect | Handrails and Balustrades
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
LP.40.8800...
LP.40.8800...
LP.40.8700...
LP.40.8101...
Handrail system made of solid beechcombined with a high impact inlay made of HPL:End bends, bends at change and elbow bendsmade of stainless steel,bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available..
ditto, wenge stained beech, end bends made of stainless steel
End bends, bends at change and elbow bends,made of high quality polyamide,bracket W2, W3 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, straight end with wooden cap,bracket W2, W3 concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
W2 W3 W6 W6 oval W7
E0H7E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface | Colour Standards View
Wood:Handrail system multiplex (glued laminated wood).Made of beech or birch.
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Wood:Normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2)
208 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | lignum multiplex | Handrail Systems
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberBracketType of wood � Detailed information on brackets page 212
HEWI Hardware | 209
Handrail Systems | lignum multiplex | Handrails and Balustrades
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
LM.40.8100...
LM.40.8101...
LM.40.8130...
LM.40.8131...
Handrail system beech multiplex:End bends made of multiplex,bends at change of direction made of multiplex bend, bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, straight ends with chamfer,bends at change of direction made of multiplex bend, bracket W3, W7 (concealed fixing) orbracket W6 (visible fixing)only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, made of birch multiplex
ditto, made of birch multiplex
W3 W6 W6 oval W7
D0K4E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface Standards View
Stainless steelSatin finish (grit)
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Stainless steel:non flammable (Building Materials Class A2)
210 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | circum | Handrail Systems
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Item NumberBracket � Detailed information on brackets page 212
HEWI Hardware | 211
Handrail Systems | circum | Handrails and Balustrades
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Handrail system made of stainless steel:90° return, sealed tubebracket W6 (visible fixing) orbracket W7 (concealed fixing).only in ø 40 mm available.
ditto, straight end, sealed tube, with impact cover (2 mm convexed), bracket W6 (visible fixing)or bracket W7 (concealed fixing),only in ø 40 mm available.
Handrail system made of stainless steel:end piece to miter, sealed tube,bracket W6 visible fixing) orbracket W7 (concealed fixing).only in ø 40 mm available.
CI.40.8100
CI.40.8101
CI.40.8102
W6 W6 oval
R0D3E
Balustrade made of stainless steelHandrail made from either grade 304 or 316 tubular stainless steel 40 dia x 2mm Uprights 48.3 dia x 3, in high-quality satin finish (240grain) with concealed connections. Uprights mounted on 135 dia x 10 mm circular base / side fixing plates. Various infill options are available from toughenedglass, perforated metals or 10mm dia bars running parallel totop rail as illustrated.
The handrails are also available in40mm dia solid European hardwoods such as Beech , Oak, ash Maple etc. Max upright spacing 1000mm for 900,1000 and 1100 high balustrade.
CI.40.9902
W3
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Surface | Colour Standards
Stainless steelSatin finish (grit)
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Fire Resistance - Din 4102
Stainless steel: non flammable (Building Materials Class A2)Polyamide:Normal flammability (Building Materials Class B2)
212 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | Brackets | Handrail Systems
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
D0D3E
D0D3E
D0D3E
D0D3E
D0D3E
D0D3E
7072
ø 80
70
65
ø 82
83,572
95,5
ø 80
99
73,5
ø 80
85
70
60
ø 80
ø 80
71
60Bracket W2As illustrated with 12mm diameter curved satin stainless steel stem mounted on 80mm diameter zinc plated steel innerfixing rose with 11 screw holes, complete with clip on polyamideouter cover from the standard HEWI colour range to conceal fixings
W2
Bracket G11As illustrated, seamless abrasion resistant polyamide, coloured throughout comprising of a 33mm diameter straight section mountedon 80 diameter zinc plated steel inner fixing rose with 11 screw holes,complete with clip on polyamide outer cover to conceal fixings. The projection is approximately 64mm with a 40mm diameter handrailThe projection is approximately 56mm with a 33mm diameter handrail
G11
Bracket W11As illustrated, seamless abrasion resistant polyamide, coloured throughout comprising of a 33mm diameter bend mounted on 80 diameter zinc plated steel inner fixing rose with 11 screw holes, complete with clip on polyamide outer cover to conceal fixings. The projection is approximately 64mm with a 40mm diameter handrail The projection is approximately 56mm with a 33mm diameter handrail
W11
Bracket W7As illustrated in satin stainless steel comprising of a 16mm diameterhorizontal arm and 12mm vertical stem mounted on 80mm diameterzinc plated steel inner fixing rose with 11 screw holes complete with clip on stainless steel outer cover to conceal fixings.
W7
Bracket W6 As illustrated in satin stainless steel comprising of a 16mm diameterhorizontal arm and 12mm vertical stem mounted on 80mm diameterstainless steel rose with 2 holes for exposed screw fixings.
W6
Bracket W3As illustrated with 12mm diameter curved satin stainless steel stem mounted on 80mm diameter zinc-plated steel inner fixing rose with 3 screw holes, complete with clip on stainless steel outer cover to conceal fixings.
W3
80
80
80
80
8080
7676
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Distribution:HEWI (UK) Ltd.Contracts DivisionPhone: +44 1902 810075Fax: +44 1902 810078
Please note:The supports are not all combinable with all thehandrail versions.
HEWI Hardware | 213
Polyamide and Stainless Steel System | Panel Holders | Handrails and Balustrades
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
40.115040.1151
40.1150 40.1150 40.1150
Panel Holder circum
Panel holders to clamp infill panels of 8 or 10 mm thick ness, clampscrews require a torque of 12 Nm to be applied to each screw.Panel holder made of zinc decasting, stainless steel finish, to clampinfill panels of 8 or 10 mm thickness, like toughened glass or perforated stainless steel with large frame.The top clamp holders are fitted with a locking pin (6 x 18 mm diameter) to avoid slippage of panels. Therefore two holes (12 mm diameter) are required in the infill panels. A 2.5 mm gap betweenpanel holder and infill panel should be allowed.
40.115540.1156
40.115540.1156 40.1156
Panel holderwith removable nylon cover and corrosion resistant steel insert, prepared to clamp 6, 8, 9.5, 10, 12 or 13 mm thick infill panels.All infill panels require a torque of 12 Nm per clamp screw.A 2.5 mm gap between panel holder and infill panel should be allowed.
50
40.1150 40.1151
Panel holder Panel holder with removable nylon cover and corrosion resistant steel insert, prepared to clamp 6, 8, 9.5, 10, 12 or 13 mm thick infill panels.All infill panels require a torque of 12 Nm per clamp screw.A 2.5 mm gap between panel holder and infill panel should be allowed.
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Handrails and Balustrades | Fixing Types | Stainless Steel System
≥ 110
max.11
00
84
�����
60
���
����
���
ø 135
100
214 | HEWI Hardware
¿ 48,3 ¿ 135
71
Circum Stainless Steel Platform Fixing Plate (surface mounting)
Application: on treads, landings, upstand kerbs and rampsConcrete thickness: 130 mmMinimum distance from edge of concrete to centre of post: 110 mmDrilling: 2 holes for the appropriate 12 mm anchorsDistance between holes: 100 mmAnchoring in concrete: 12 mm diameter bolts and kemfix anchorsAnchoring in steel: bolts M12
Circum Stainless Steel Side Fixing Plate
135 mm diameter x 10 mm thick surface mounting plate suitable for 48,3 mm diameter posts with a maximum rail height of1100 mm.Application: Stair strings, landing edges, upstand, kerbs and walls.Concrete thickness: 130 mmMinimum distance from edge of concrete to centre of mountingplate: 105 mmDrilling: 2 holes for the appropriate 12 mm anchorsDistance between holes: 100 mmAnchoring in concrete: 12 mm diameter bolts and kemfix anchorsAnchoring in steel: bolts M12Minimum distance from edge of concrete to centre of plate:60 mm
HEWI Hardware | 215
Polyamide System | Fixing Types | Handrails and Balustrades
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 1.2(Concrete Anchor)
Continous steel core with cross lug.Rose to cover core drilled hole.For 40 mm ø posts with max. rail height of 1100 mmApplication: on treads, landings and curbsAnchoring material (floor construction):Minimum concrete strength B 25 (25 N/mm2)A reduction of the min. distance from edge of concrete to centre of postmight be possible, but each individual situation must be approved by a qualified technician.Note: check if min. distance from the edge of the tread or landing reducesthe min. required stair width applicable to Building Regulations. Filler: non-shrink grout
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 1.3(Surface fastening)
Surface mounting with ø120 mm x 10 mm steel base plate with steel socket and polyamide outer cover.Continous steel core into steel socket secured with M12 screw and four M6 set screws to prevent vertical and horizontal movement.For 40 mm ø posts with max. rail height of 1100 mmConcrete thickness: ≥130 mmMinimum distance from edge of concrete to centre of post:≥110 mmDrilling: three holes to appropriate 10 mm anchorsDistance between holes: 78 mmAnchoring in concrete: 10 mm screws and anchorsAnchoring in steel: bolts M10
≥ 110
50
max.11
00
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
216 | HEWI Hardware
Handrails and Balustrades | Fixing Types | Polyamide System
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 1.4(Two point side mount)
Side mounting with two fastening points.Continuous steel core into lower fastening point, secured with M12 boltand clamping plate to prevent vertical and horizontal movement.Application: on stringers, landings and wallsAnchoring foundation: concret B 25, steel, wood (bolt through)Concrete thickness: ≥ 250 mmMinimium distance from edge of concrete to centre of post: ≥ 80 mmaA reduction of the min. distance might be possible, but each individualsituation needs to be approved by a qualified HEWI technician.Note: Standard dimension from wall to centre of post = 60 mm. Fastening points can be extended up to 50 mm; therefore, the maximum tread or landing overhang can be 85 mm.Drilling: two holes for appropriate 12 mm anchorsDistance between holes: ≥ 90 mm min.Anchoring in concrete: appropriate chemical anchor M12 (or expansionanchor M12)Anchoring in steel: appropriate bolts M12
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 1.4(Two point side mount)
Side mounting with two fastening points.Continuous steel core into lower fastening point, secured with M12 boltand clamping plate to prevent vertical and horizontal movement.Application: on stringers, landings and wallsAnchoring foundation: concret B 25, steel, wood (bolt through)Concrete thickness: ≥ 250 mmMinimium distance from edge of concrete to centre of post: ≥ 80mmaA reduction of the min. distance might be possible, but each individualsituation needs to be approved by a qualified HEWI technician.Note: Standard dimension from wall to centre of post = 60 mm. Fastening points can be extended up to 50 mm; therefore, the maximum tread or landing overhang can be 85 mm.Drilling: two holes for appropriate 12 mm anchorsDistance between holes: ≥ 90 mm min.Anchoring in concrete: appropriate chemical anchor M12 (or expansionanchor M12)Anchoring in steel: appropriate bolts M12
HEWI Hardware | 217
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 1.7(Welded fastening)
Surface mounting with welded steel socket.Continuous steel core into steel socket, secured with four M6 set screws to prevent vertical and horizontal movement. For 40 mm øposts with max. rail height of 1100 mm.Application: steel stringers and platesMinimun stringer/plate width: ≥51 mmWeld requirements:Multiple pass weld w/chipping to achieve required build up of weld.Certified welder required to execute this joint.Nylon must be protected by wet towels during welding.Joint to be filled with petroleum jelly after welding.
HEWI Post with Fastening Type 2.2(Through bolt fastening)Continuous steel core and two steel roses.Rose to cover core drilled hole.Application: on open tread stairs and landings with access to the undersideAnchoring material (floor construction):concrete, marble, hardwood, steelThickness of floor or tread: ≥ 40 mmMinimum distance from edge of concrete to centre of post:≥ 70 mmA reduction of the min. distance might be possible , but each individualsituation needs to be approved by a qualified HEWI technican,Note: check if min. distance from the edge of the tread or landing reducesthe min. required stair width.Core drilling: 30 mm ø
Polyamide System | Fixing Types | Handrails and Balustrades
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
HEWI Hardware | 219
Cloakrooms
Overview Cloakrooms 220
Hooks 222
Cloakroom rails 226
Wall coat and hat rack 232
Bench with shoe rack 232
Coat hooks 236
Coat hanger, pictogram sets 242
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
220 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Overview
Hooks
Cloakrooms and hooks
Cloakroom rails
Cloakroom rail with hooksand pictogram-holderspage 227
Cloakroom rail with hooksand pictogram-holderspage 227
Cloakroom rail with hooksand pictogram-holderspage 227
Cloakroom railpage 230
Cloakroom railpage 230
Cloakroom railpage 230
Wall coat and benches
Cloakroom railpage 226
Wall coat and hat rackpage 232
Wall coat and hat rackpage 233
Double hookpage 238
Hookspage 238
Coat hookspage 238
Triple hookpage 237
Single hookpage 238, 239
Hooks for cloakroom railspage 222-225
Overview | Cloakrooms
HEWI Hardware | 221
� Available HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Cloakroom railwith hookspage 229
Cloakroom railwith hookspage 229
Cloakroom railwith hookspage 229
Cloakroom railwith hookspage 229
Cloakroom railwith hookspage 229
Ceiling supportpage 230
Ceiling supportpage 230
Coat hanger with swivel feature page 242
Coat/trouser hanger withswivel feature page 242
Bench with shoe rackpage 234
Bench with shoe rackpage 235
Coat hookspage 237
Coat hookspage 236
Hat and coat hookspage 236
Pictogram-framepage 241
Coat hookspage 240
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
222 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Hooks, Fixed Position, without Pictogram-holder
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook with short top,made of high-quality polyamide.
...3
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook with short top and ball knob ø 40 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
...4K
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing inwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...6H
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing outwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...6V
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour � HEWI Cloakroonm rails pages 226, 228
HEWI Hardware | 223
Hooks, Fixed Position without Pictogram-holder | Cloakrooms
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing inwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...7H
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing outwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...7V
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing inwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...8H
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook, facing outwards,made of high-quality polyamide.
...8V
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
224 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Hooks, Fixed Position, with Pictogram-holder
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,stationary double hook facing inwards, with pictogram-holder for HEWI pictograms 33.1771..., made of high-quality polyamide.
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mmwith rotating triple hook and pictogram-holder for HEWI pictograms 33.1770..., made of high-quality polyamide
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsfor combination with HEWI cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,with rotating triple hook, pictogram-holder for HEWI pictograms33.1770...and tumbler, suitable HEWI pictograms for tumbler: 33.1772....,made of high-quality polyamide
HEWI Tumbler
...6HP
...P8
...PB8
41382
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
pictogram-holder
pictogram-holder
rotating triple hook
pictogram-holder
tumbler
rotating triple hook
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
Please note: HEWI Pictograms (page 243) mustbe ordered separately, as they are not included inthe scope of delivery.
� HEWI Cloakroonm rails pages 226, 228� HEWI Piktograms page 243
HEWI Hardware | 225
Hooks | Cloakrooms
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Double hook for cloakroom railsmovable, for use with cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,recommended minimum distance 150 mm centre to centre,made of high-quality polyamide.
33.1700
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsmovable, for use with cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,recommended minimum distance 75 mm centre to centre,made of high-quality polyamide.
40.1710
HEWI Hook for cloakroom railsmovable, for use with cloakroom rails ø 33 mm,recommended minimum distance 75 mm centre to centre,made of high-quality polyamide.
477.30.020(33.1711)
Z0D3E
D9Y3E
F0J9E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Item Number
a (mm)
300-599
600-1099
1100-1599
1600-2099
2100-2599
2600-3099
3100-3599
3600-4099
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
226 | HEWI Hardware
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Cloakrooms | Cloakroom Rails
HEWI Cloakroom railrailing system ø 33 mm, polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,pre-mounted with stainless steel roses ø 70 mm for wall mounting,supplied without mounting screws and plugs.
33.7010
33.7010.3 33.7010.6V 33.7010.7V 33.7010.8V
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails without hooks/with movable hooks
Please note:Movable hooks must be ordered separately, as they are not included in the scope of delivery.
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails with hooks without pictogram-holder
Softlink
33.7010 Item Number
Hook distance 150 mm 150 mm
Places a (mm) a (mm)
2 450 450
3 600 600
4 750 750
5 900 900
6 1050 1050
7 1200 1200
8 1350 1350
9 1500 1500
10 1650 1650
11 1800 1800
12 1950 1950
13 2100 2100
14 2250 2250
15 2400 2400
16 2550 2550
17 2700 2700
18 2850 2850
19 3000 3000
20 3150 3150
21 3300 3300
22 3450 3450
23 3600 3600
24 3750 3750
25 3900 3900
Other lengths on request
33.7010.6H 33.7010.7H 33.7010.4K33.7010.8H
E1H7E
Mounting clearance a (in mm) + 70 mm is equivalent to the required length of the cloakroomrail inclusive of roses (see drawing page 230 ).Depending on the centre distance delivery includesadditional supports.
Item NumberColourMounting clearance a (mm)
Please note: HEWI Pictograms (page 243) mustbe ordered separately, as they are not included inthe scope of delivery.
The cloakroom rails listed here cannot beexchanged
� HEWI Hooks page 222� HEWI Piktograms page 243
HEWI Hardware | 227
Cloakroom Rails | Cloakrooms
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails with hooks and pictogram-holders
Explanation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
33.7310.P8 33.7410.P8 33.7410.PB833.7310.PB833.7310.6HPItem Number
Hook distance 150 mm 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm
Places a (mm) a (mm) a (mm) a (mm) a (mm)
2 450 326 376 326 376
3 600 476 576 476 576
4 750 626 776 626 776
5 900 776 976 776 976
6 1050 926 1176 926 1176
7 1200 1076 1376 1076 1376
8 1350 1226 1576 1226 1576
9 1500 1376 1776 1376 1776
10 1650 1526 1976 1526 1976
11 1800 1676 2176 1676 2176
12 1950 1826 2376 1826 2376
13 2100 1976 2576 1976 2576
14 2250 2126 2776 2126 2776
15 2400 2276 2976 2276 2976
16 2550 2426 3176 2426 3176
17 2700 2576 3376 2576 3376
18 2850 2726 3576 2726 3576
19 3000 2876 3776 2876 3776
20 3150 3026 3976 3026 3976
21 3300 3176 4176 3176 4176
22 3450 3326 4376 3326 4376
23 3600 3476 4576 3476 4576
24 3750 3626 4776 3626 4776
25 3900 3776 4976 3776 4976
Other lengths on request
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
228 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Cloakroom Rails
HEWI Cloakroom railrailing system ø 33 mm, polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,pre-mounted with stainless steel roses ø 70 mm for wall mounting,supplied without mounting screws and plugs.
33.7000
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails without hooks/with movable hooks
Please note:Movable hooks must be ordered separately, as they are not included in the scope of delivery.
33.7000.3 33.7000.6V 33.7000.7V 33.7000.8V
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails with hooks without pictogram-holder
D1H3E
33.7000Item Number
w1/w2 (mm)
300-599
600-1099
1100-1599
1600-2099
2100-2599
2600-3099
3100-3599
3600-4099
Item Number
Hook distance 150 mm 150 mm
Places w1/w2 (mm) w1/w2 (mm)
2 524 524
3 674 674
4 824 824
5 974 974
6 1124 1124
7 1274 1274
8 1424 1424
9 1574 1574
10 1724 1724
11 1874 1874
12 2024 2024
13 2174 2174
14 2324 2324
15 2474 2474
16 2624 2624
17 2774 2774
18 2924 2924
19 3074 3074
20 3224 3224
21 3374 3374
22 3524 3524
23 3674 3674
24 3824 3824
25 3974 3974
Other lengths on request
33.7000.6H 33.7000.7H 33.7000.4K33.7000.8H
Item Number
Explanation Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Mounting clearance w1 or w2 (in mm) + 35 mm isequivalent to the required length of the cloakroomrail inclusive of roses (see drawing page 226).Depending on the centre distance delivery includesadditional supports.
Item NumberColourMounting clearance w1 or w2 (in mm)
Please note: HEWI Pictograms (page 243) mustbe ordered separately, as they are not included inthe scope of delivery.
The cloakroom rails listed here cannot beexchanged
� HEWI Hooks page 222� HEWI Piktograms page 243
HEWI Hardware | 229
Cloakroom Rails | Cloakrooms
Graduated dimensions for cloakroom rails with hooks and pictogram-holders
33.7300.P8 33.7400.P8 33.7400.PB833.7300.PB833.7300.6HPItem Number
Hook distance 150 mm 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm
Places w1/w2 (mm) w1/w2 (mm) w1/w2 (mm) w1/w2 (mm) w1/w2 (mm)
2 524 400 487 400 487
3 674 550 687 550 687
4 824 700 887 700 887
5 974 850 1087 850 1087
6 1124 1000 1287 1000 1287
7 1274 1150 1487 1150 1487
8 1424 1300 1687 1300 1687
9 1574 1450 1887 1450 1887
10 1724 1600 2087 1600 2087
11 1874 1750 2287 1750 2287
12 2024 1900 2487 1900 2487
13 2174 2050 2687 2050 2687
14 2324 2200 2887 2200 2887
15 2474 2350 3087 2350 3087
16 2624 2500 3287 2500 3287
17 2774 2650 3487 2650 3487
18 2924 2800 3687 2800 3687
19 3074 2950 3887 2950 3887
20 3224 3100 4087 3100 4087
21 3374 3250 4287 3250 4287
22 3524 3400 4487 3400 4487
23 3674 3550 4687 3550 4687
24 3824 3700 4887 3700 4887
25 3974 3850 5087 3850 5087
Other lengths on request
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
230 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Cloakroom Rails
HEWI Cloakroom railfor use with hangers or movable hooks, railing system ø 33 mmhigh-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,length can be shortened to every dimension,with stainless steel rose ø 70 mm for wall mounting.
33.7050
HEWI Ceiling supportrailing system ø 33 mm, high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistantsteel core, length not adjustable, with stainless steel rose ø 70 mm forceiling mounting.
fitted on 90°-bendfitted on straight rail
Supplied only in combination with cloakroom rail.33.7060
HEWI Cloakroom railfor use with hangers or movable hooks, railing system ø 33 mmhigh-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,length can be shortened to every dimension,with stainless steel rose ø 70 mm for wall mounting.
33.7060
D1K4E
D1D3E
O1J9E
G2Y3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Cloakroom railfor use with hangers or movable hooks, railing system ø 33 mm,high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistant steel core,length can be shortened to every dimension,with stainless steel rose ø 70 mm for wall mounting.
33.7030
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour Dimension of cloakroom rails L/L2, L1 (mm)and ceiling support L (mm)
Please note: Ceiling supports don’t have to beordered separately. The required quantity will bedetermined automatically.
The cloakroom rails listed here cannot beexchanged
� Moveable HEWI Hooks page 225� HEWI Coat hangers page 242
HEWI Hardware | 231
Cloakroom Rails | Cloakrooms
Qunatity of ceiling supports required
Cloakroom rail/ceiling support all cloakroom rails ...additional, only for 33.7050 ...additional, only for 33.7060
Dimension to rail according to rail dimension according to rail dimension according to rail dimensionL, L1 or L2 (mm) of L / L2 of L1 of L1
250 - 499 - ab 325 mm: 1x 33.7100A ab 325 mm: 2 x 33.7100A
500 - 999 - 1x 33.7100A 2x 33.7100A
1000 - 1499 - 1x 33.7100A 2x 33.7100A
1500 - 1999 1x 33.7100B 1x 33.7100A + 1x 33.7100B 2x 33.7100A + 2x 33.7100B
2000 - 2499 1x 33.7100B 1x 33.7100A + 1x 33.7100B 2x 33.7100A + 2x 33.7100B
2500 - 2999 1x 33.7100B 1x 33.7100A + 1x 33.7100B 2x 33.7100A + 2x 33.7100B
3000 - 3499 2x 33.7100B 1x 33.7100A + 2x 33.7100B 2x 33.7100A + 4x 33.7100B
3500 - 3999 2x 33.7100B 1x 33.7100A + 2x 33.7100B 2x 33.7100A + 4x 33.7100B
Other lengths on request
33.7100...
33.7030
33.7050
33.7060
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
232 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Wall Coat and Hat Rack
HEWI Wall coat and hat rackrailing system ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide with corrosion resistantsteel core, with fixed hooks made of high-quality polyamide, rotating triple hook with pictogram-holder for HEWI pictogram 33.1770... ;at 200 mm centres.Hat rack made of solid beech wood, edge 18 mm thick, with colourless surfaceprotection, with hat rack dividers made of high-quality polyamide in form of cloudsat 200 mm centres. Colour of the hat rack dividers: Choices 99 (pure white) or 53 (ultramarine blue).Fixing type of railing system included, with stainless steel roses ø 70 mm for wallmounting, hat rack is also fixed to the wall.
Colour varations in wood are possible.
Supplied without mounting screws and plugs.
System lengthsThe hat racks are arranged in modules of 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 mm lengths.
L6C1E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Places L (mm)
3 800
4 1000
5 1200
6 1400
7 1600
8 1800
9 2000
10 2200
11 2400
12 2600
13 2800
14 3000
15 3200
16 3400
17 3600
18 3800
19 4000
20 4200
21 4400
22 4600
23 4800
24 5000
25 5200
33.7410.P9M
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour Colour of dividersLength L1 and L2 (mm)
Please note: HEWI Pictograms (page 243) mustbe ordered separately, as they are not included inthe scope of delivery.
The wall coat and hat racks listed here cannot beexchanged
� HEWI Piktograms page 243
HEWI Hardware | 233
Wall Coat and Hat Rack | Cloakrooms
L6S5E
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Places L1 oder L2 (mm)
5 1200
6 1400
7 1600
8 1800
9 2000
10 2200
11 2400
12 2600
13 2800
14 3000
15 3200
16 3400
17 3600
18 3800
19 4000
20 4200
21 4400
22 4600
23 4800
24 5000
25 5200
Other lengths on request
33.7400.P9M HEWI Wall coat and hat rackrailing system ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide with corrosionresistant steel core, with fixed hooks made of high-quality polyamide,rotating triple hook, with pictogram-holder for HEWI pictogram33.1770... ;at 200 mm centres.Hat rack of solid beech wood, edge 18 mm thick, with colourless surface protection, with hat rack dividers made of high-quality polyamidein form of clouds, at 200 mm centres.Colour of the hat rack dividers: Choices 99 (pure white) or 53 (ultramarine blue).Fixing type of railing system included, with stainless steel roses, ø 70 mm for wall mounting, hat rack is also fixed to the wall.
Colour varations in wood are possible.
Supplied without mounting screws and plugs.
System lengthsThe hat racks are arranged in modules of 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 mm lengths and the 400 mm corner element.
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
234 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Bench with Shoe Rack
HEWI Bench with shoe racklegs made of railing system ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamidewith corrosion resistant steel core, bench seat of solid beech wood, 25 mm thick, with colourless surface protection.Shoe rack of steel grid with abrasion resistant black powder coating,seat height 340 mm, seat depth 350 mm.
System lengthsThe benches are arranged in modules of 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 mmlengths.
Separate:Benches are placed separate to each other without connections.
Coupled:Shoe racks acting as coupling elements connect the benchestogether.
Colour varations in wood are possible.
33.7440separate
coupled
G6H3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
separate coupled
L (mm)
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
5200
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour Separate/CoupledLength L1 and L2 (mm)
The benches listed here cannot be exchanged
HEWI Hardware | 235
Bench with Shoe Rack | Cloakrooms
HEWI Bench with shoe racklegs made of railing system ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamidewith corrosion resistant steel core, bench seat of solid beech wood, 25 mm thick, with colourless surface protection.Shoe rack of steel grid with abrasion resistant black powder coatingseat height 340 mm, seat depth 350 mm.
System lengthsThe benches are arranged in modules of 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 mmlengths and the 400 mm corner element.
Separate:Benches are placed separate to each other without connections.
Coupled:Shoe racks acting as coupling elements connect the benchestogether.
Colour varations in wood are possible.
33.7441
separate
coupled
A6H7E
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
separate coupled
L1 oder L2 (mm)
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
5200
Other lengths on request
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
236 | HEWI Hardware
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cloakrooms | Hooks
HEWI Coat hookhook, for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories, easy toclean, 165 mm high, 22 mm wide and 110 mm deep, centre to centrefixing points 28 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.070
HEWI Coat hookhook with spacer, for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories,easy to clean, 165 mm high, 22 mm wide and 125 mm deep, centre tocentre fixing points 28 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.071
HEWI Hat and coat hookhook with ball top, for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories,easy to clean, 174 mm high, 22 mm wide and 117 mm deep, centre tocentre fixing points 28 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.080
HEWI Hat and coat hookhook with ball top and spacer, for hanging up clothing and bathroomaccessories, easy to clean, 174 mm high, 22 mm wide and 132 mmdeep, centre to centre fixing points 28 mm, made of high-qualitypolyamide.
477.90.081
U3S5E
U3S5E
Material | Colour
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
Please note: Supplied without screws and plugs.
HEWI Hardware | 237
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Hooks, Triple Hooks | Cloakrooms
HEWI Triple hookrotating, for screw-mounting from below with 4 mm countersunk screw or for through-mounting from above with M4 threaded screwsand square-head nuts, ø rose 50 mm, 70 mm high, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.050
HEWI Triple hookrotating hook, with counter plate for through-mounting from belowwith three 4 mm countersunk wood screws, rose ø 50 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
for panels up to 15 mm thicknessfor panels more than 15 mm thickness
477.90.051477.90.052
HEWI Coat hookhook with spacer, for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories, easy to clean, 75 mm high, 24 mm wide and 63 mmdeep, centre to centre fixing points 28 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.061
HEWI Coat hookhook, for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories, easy toclean, 75 mm high, 24 mm wide and 48 mm deep, centre to centrefixing points 28 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.060
K1Y3E
U3S5E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
238 | HEWI Hardware
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cloakrooms | Hooks
477.90.010
801.90.020 HEWI Double coat hookdouble hook with rose fixing, for hanging up bathroom accessories andutensils, easy to clean, concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorisedremoval, 31 mm deep; rose ø 40 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
801.90.010 HEWI Coat hookcylindrical hook bent to form a right angle and fitted with rose fixing,for hanging up bathroom accessories and utensils, easy to clean,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 30 mm deep;rose ø 40 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
HEWI Coat hookcylindrical hal round hook with rose fixing, for hanging up laundry andother utensils, can be installed under shelf, easy to clean,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,40 mm deep, ø rose 40 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.040
A3H7E
A3H7E
C1K4E
F4J9E
805.90.010
J1J9E
HEWI Single hookcylindrical hook bent to form a right angle and fitted with rose fixing,for hanging up bathroom accessories and utensils, easy to clean,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 50 mm deep;rose ø 55 mm, made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish.
HEWI Single hookcylindrical right-angled hook with rose fixing, for hanging up laundryand other utensils, easy to clean, concealed screw fitting to preventunauthorised removal,45 mm deep, rose ø 50 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
Item NumberColour
Please note: Supplied without screws and plugs.
HEWI Hardware | 239
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Hooks | Cloakrooms
HEWI Coat hookcylindrical halhalf round hook with rose fixing, for hanging up laundryand other utensils, can be installed under shelf, easy to clean,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,50 mm deep, ø rose 50 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.015
HEWI Double hookdouble hook with rose fixing, for hanging up laundry and other utensils,easy to clean, concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,43.5 mm deep, rose ø 50 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.025
HEWI Single hookright-angled cylindrical hook with rose fixing, for hanging up clothingand bathroom accessories, easy to clean, concealed screw fitting toprevent unauthorised removal, 65 mm deep; rose ø 60 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.045
HEWI Single hookright-angled cylindrical hook with rose fixing, for hanging up clothingand bathroom accessories, easy to clean, concealed screw fitting toprevent unauthorised removal, 100 mm deep; rose ø 70 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.030
V1C1E
C9Y3E
C1D3E
C1H3E
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
HEWI Coat hook with buffer door stopright-angled cylindrical hook with rose fixing and black Elastollan buffer,for hanging up clothing and bathroom accessories, easy to clean, concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 105 mm deep; rose ø 70 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.90.035
J1H7E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
240 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Double Coat Hooks
HEWI Double coat hook with pictogram-holdertwo polyamide support pins with a stirrup-shaped hook, for hanging upclothing and bathroom accessories, with pictogram-holder for HEWI pictogram 33.1771..., reduced risk of injury as hooks face inwardstowards wall, easy to clean, 90 mm wide, 165 mm high and 95 mmdeep; centre to centre 75 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
HEWI Double coat hooktwo polyamide support pins with a stirrup-shaped hook, for hanging upclothing and bathroom accessories, reduced risk of injury as hooksface inwards towards wall, easy to clean, 90 mm wide, 165 mm highand 95 mm deep; centre to centre 75 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
801.90.030
HEWI Double coat hooktwo polyamide support pins with a stirrup-shaped hook, for hanging upclothing and bathroom accessories, hooks facing outwards, easy toclean, 90 mm wide, 165 mm high and 87 mm deep; centre to centre 75 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
801.90.040
A3H7E
T1S5E
A3H7E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
Please note: Supplied with fixing material.HEWI Pictograms (page 243) must be orderedseparately, as they are not included in the scopeof delivery. � HEWI Piktograms page 243
HEWI Hardware | 241
Pictogram-frame | Cloakrooms
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
713 HEWI Pictogram-holderwith frame 36 x 36 mm for HEWI pictograms 33.1770..., fixing with 2 countersunk wood screws ø 3,5 mm or double-sidedtape, made of hight-quality polyamide.
Supplied without screws and plugs.
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
242 | HEWI Hardware
Cloakrooms | Coat hanger
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
HEWI Coat hanger with swivel featureø 15 mm, open hook, inside ø 46 mm, suitable for HEWI rails ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
with fixed hookwith rotating hook with locking points at 90° intervals
570.1570.3
HEWI Coat hanger with swivel featureø 15 mm, closed hook, inside ø 46 mm, suitable for HEWI rails ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
with fixed hookwith rotating hook with locking points at 90° intervals
570.2570.4
HEWI Coat/trouser hanger with swivel featureø 15 mm, with rotating open hook with locking points at 90° intervals, inside ø 46 mm, suitable for HEWI rails ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
571.3
HEWI Coat/trouser hanger with swivel featureø 15 mm, with rotating closed hook with locking points at 90° intervals, inside ø 46 mm, suitable for HEWI rails ø 33 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
571.4
V9S5E
V9S5E
V9S5E
V9S5E
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
Please note: Pictograms only available in complete sets of 25.
HEWI Hardware | 243
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Pictograms | Cloakrooms
HEWI Pictogram-setfor pictogram-hook ...P8, pictogram-set ...PB8 and 713, 36 x 36 mm, 25 different pictograms per set, not self-adhesive.
set, food and drinkset, vehiclesset, toysset, animalsblank set, white without design, for individual lettering or decorating
Pictogram sheet containing 20 additional motifs – 5 different motifs perseries from ...A to ...D inclusive.
33.1770...
...A
...B
...C
...D
...E
...Z
HEWI Pictogram-setfor HEWI double hook 526 HP and ...6HP with pictogram-plate60 x 41 mm, 25 different pictograms per set, self-adhesive.
set, food and drinkset, vehiclesset, toysset, animalsblank set, white without design, for individual lettering or decorating
Pictogram sheet containing 20 additional motifs – 5 different motifs perseries from ...A to ...D inclusive.
33.1771...
...A
...B
...C
...D
...E
...Z
HEWI Pictogram-setfor HEWI tumbler, ø 40 mm, 25 different pictograms per set, self-adhesive.
set, food and drinkset, vehiclesset, toysset, animalsblank set, white without design, for individual lettering or decorating
Pictogram sheet containing 20 additional motifs – 5 different motifs perseries from ...A to ...D inclusive.
33.1772...
...A
...B
...C
...D
...E
...Z
Z0H3E
W0H7E
Z0K4E
Han
dra
ils |
Clo
akro
om
s
244 | HEWI Hardware244 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 245
Signage Systems | Door Accessories
Overview 246
Signage system guide 248
Symbols guide 250
Signage system comment 252
Overview door accessories 256
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
246 | HEWI Hardware
Signage system guide
Signage system comment
NewSignage Systems for example man and ladypage 249
NewSymbolsfor example man and ladypage 251
NewSymbols Push/Pullpage 251
Signage Systems | Overview
PUSH
Flag-type signpage 252
Wall signpage 253
Hanging signpage 253
Door signpage 252
Door sign - meeting roompage 252
PULL
HEWI Hardware | 247
Overview | Signage Systems
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Material | Surface | Colour
Stainless steelTextured
Aluminiumanodized EV1
Synthetic materialwhite
248 | HEWI Hardware
Signage Systems | guide | Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Synthetic Material
00Blanco
01Man
02Lady
03Wheelchair
04Man and Lady
05Stair
06No smoking
07Smoking area
08No mobile phones
09Dining room
10Kitchenette
11Cloakroom
12Conference
13Horizontal arrow
14Vertical arrow
Individual lettering
GLB0901.99Online tool for drawing up layout and submitting arequest
GLB0901.98Layout according to customer specificationsincluding manual rework
GLB0901.97 on requestLayout including Braille
HEWI Hardware | 249
Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Synthetic Material | guide | Signage Systems
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
G9K4E
Y8H7E
HEWI Signage guide, aluminium, 150 mm wide, 150 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high, 1.5 mm thick,plate made of aluminium, anodized EV1 surface.
ditto, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,substructure made of stainless steel, canted and textured,spacers made of synthetic material, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high,11.5 mm thick.
GL0901AB...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0901AB...0S(for screwed mounting)
HEWI Signage guide, stainless steel, 150 mm wide, 150 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high, 1.5 mm thick, plate made of stainless steel, textured surface.
ditto, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,substructure made of stainless steel, canted and textured,spacers made of synthetic material, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high,11.5 mm thick.
GL0901XA...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0901XA...0S(for screwed mounting)
New
New
New
New
K8K4E
HEWI Signage guide, synthetic material, 150 mm wide, 150 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high, 3 mm thick, platemade of white coloured high quality synthetic material.
ditto, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,substructure made of stainless steel, canted and textured,spacers made of synthetic material, 150 mm wide, 150 mm high,13 mm thick.
GL0901PC...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0901PC...0S(for screwed mounting)
1,5
1,5
New
NewS
igna
ge S
yste
ms
| Doo
r A
cc.
Material | Surface | Colour
Stainless steelTextured
Aluminiumanodized EV1
Synthetic materialwhite
250 | HEWI Hardware
Signage Systems | guide Symbols | Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Synthetic Material
01Man
02Lady
03Wheelchair
04Man and Lady
16Pull
15Push
PUSH PULL
HEWI Hardware | 251
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
G9D3E
N9J9E
D5Y3E
HEWI Symbol, synthetic material, 80 mm wide, 80 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 80 mm wide, 80 mm high, 3 mm thick, plate made of white coloured high quality synthetic material.
ditto, HEWI symbol push or pull, high quality synthetic material,55 mm wide, 55 mm high
GL0601PC...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0501PC...0K(self-adhesive)
HEWI Symbol, aluminium 80 mm wide, 80 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 80 mm wide, 80 mm high, 1,5 mm thick, plate made of aluminium, anodized EV1surface.
ditto, HEWI symbol push or pull, aluminium, 55 mm wide,55 mm high
GL0601AB...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0501AB...0K(self-adhesive)
HEWI Symbol, stainless steel, 80 mm wide, 80 mm highself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors, printed on informationsymbol by Otl Aicher, 80 mm wide, 80 mm high, 1,5 mm thick, plate made of high quality stainless steel, textured surface.
ditto, HEWI symbol push or pull, stainless steel, 55 mm wide,55 mm high
GL0601XA...0K(self-adhesive)
GL0501XA...0K(self-adhesive)
Stainless Steel | Aluminium | Synthetic Material | guide Symbols | Signage Systems
New
New
New
New
New
NewS
igna
ge S
yste
ms
| Doo
r A
cc.
HEWI Flag-type signonesided, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,143 mm wide, 143 mm high290 mm wide, 290 mm high
double-sided, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,143 mm wide, 143 mm high290 mm wide, 290 mm high
CL0903-1.1SCL0803-1.1S
CL0903-1.2SCL0803-1.2S(for screwed mounting)
Material
Stainless steel and acrylic glass
252 | HEWI Hardware
Signage Systems | comment
T0S5E
HEWI Door signself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors,Lettering inlay for producing your own lettering on plain blank sheets,143 mm wide, 143 mm high, a combination of stainless steel andacrylic glass.
ditto, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,substructure made of stainless steel, canted and textured,spacers made of synthetic material.
CL0901K(self-adhesive)
CL0901S(for screwed mounting)
T0S5E
T0S5E
HEWI Door sign - meeting roomself-adhesive for sticking onto walls or doors,Lettering inlay for producing your own lettering on plain blank sheets, or printed, 143 mm wide, 143 mm high,a combination of stainless steel and acrylic glass.
ditto, for screwed mounting onto walls and doors,substructure made of stainless steel, canted and textured,spacers made of synthetic material.
CL0902K(self-adhesive)
CL0902S(for screwed mounting)
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Opening tool for signage systems
Rubber sucker:CLSH50 ø 50 mm, loading capacity 8 kgCLSH80 ø 80 mm, loading capacityt 20 kg
Supplementary products
HEWI Hardware | 253
comment | Signage Systems
T0S5E
T0S5E
HEWI Wall signfor screwed mounting onto walls and doors,Lettering inlay for producing your own lettering on plain blank sheets, or printed, a combination of stainless steel and acrylic glass.
290 mm wide, 143 mm high214 mm wide, 301 mm high, DIN A4 portrait format301 mm wide, 214 mm high, DIN A4 landscape format301 mm wide, 424 mm high, DIN A3290 mm wide, 290 mm high422 mm wide, 290 mm high584 mm wide, 584 mm high
CL1201SCL1901SCL2001SCL2901SCL0801SCL1101SCL1001S(for screwed mounting)
HEWI Hanging signLettering inlay for producing your own lettering on plain blank sheets, or printed, a combination of stainless steel and acrylic glass.onesided290 mm wide, 290 mm high422 mm wide, 290 mm high
double-sided290 mm wide, 290 mm high422 mm wide, 290 mm high
CL0801-1.1HCL1101-1.1H
CL0801-1.2HCL1101-1.2H
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem Number
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Door Accessories
HEWI Hardware | 255
Overview 256
Symbols 258
Door stops 259, 260
Numerals, letter plates 262, 261
Door vent 264
Door protection 265
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
256 | HEWI Hardware
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Door Accessories | Edelstahl | Übersicht
256 | HEWI Hardware
Door Accessories | Stainless Steel | Overview
Symbols
Door stops
Symbol pushpage 258
Symbol pullpage 258
Symbol malepage 258
Symbol femalepage 258
Symbol disabledpage 258
Door stoppage 259
Door stoppage 259
Door stoppage 259
HEWI Hardware | 257
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Door vent, door protectors
Übersicht | Polyamide | Door Accessories
HEWI Hardware | 257
Overview | Polyamide | Door Accessories
Symbols
Door stops
House numerals, letter plates
Symbol pushpage 263
Symbol pullpage 263
Symbol malepage 262
Symbol femalepage 262
Symbol disabledpage 262
Door stoppage 260
Door stop, spacer for door stoppage 261
Door stoppage 260
Door stoppage 260
Door stoppage 260
House numeralspage 262
Letterplatepage 261
Interior flap for letter platepage 261
Letterplatepage 261
Door ventpage 264
Door protectorspages 264, 265
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
� Available HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Material | Surface
Stainless steelTextured
258 | HEWI Hardware
Door Accessories | Stainless Steel
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Z3D3E
Z3D3E
HEWI Symbol, malemade of stainless steel, sufrace finish textured, 1,5 mm thick,self-adhesive back.
710XA.150.1
HEWI Symbol, femalemade of stainless steel, sufrace finish textured, 1,5 mm thick,self-adhesive back.
710XA.150.2
HEWI Symbol, disabledmade of stainless steel, sufrace finish textured, 1,5 mm thick,self-adhesive back.
710XA.150.3
HEWI Symbol, pushstainless steel, 1,5 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
711DXA
HEWI Symbol, pullstainless steel, 1,5 mm thick, self-adhesive back
711ZXA
Z3D3E
F3J9E
F3J9E
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberIf necessary, please advise surface finishwhen ordering.A = Textured (as shown)C = Polished
� HEWI Lever handles page 7� HEWI Window handles page 138� HEWI Pull handles page 156
HEWI Hardware | 259
C3H7E
C3H7E
C3H7E
HEWI Door stopmade of stainless steel, ø 30 mm, projection 15 mm,wall mounted, with black elastic buffer.Supplied with fixing material.
611XA.15
HEWI Door stopmade of stainless steel, ø 30 mm, projection 65 mm, wall mounted, with black elastic buffer.Supplied with fixing material.
611XA.65
HEWI Door stopmade of stainless steel, floor mounted, with spring loaded black elastic buffer, 85 mm ø, height 22,5 mm.Supplied with fixing material.
625XA
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Stainless Steel | Door Accessories
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
260 | HEWI Hardware
Door Accessories | Polyamide
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
J3J9E
HEWI Door stopmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 35 mm, projection 24 mm,with black elastic buffer. Supplied with fixing material.
HEWI Door stopmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 35 mm, height 37 mm, withblack elastic buffer. Supplied with fixing material.
610
ø 40 L
HEWI Door stopmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 40 mm, with spring loaded black elastic buffer. Supplied with fixing material.
projection 30 mm projection 60 mm projection 90 mm projection 105 mm
611...
611.30611.60611.90611.105
HEWI Door stopmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 52 mm, height 42,5 mm, with black elastic buffer. Supplied with fixing material.
615
640FR
HEWI Door stopblack elastic base plate with polyamide cap, floor mounted,high-quality polyamide, ø 92 mm. Supplied with fixing material.
height 10 mm height 14 mm height 22 mm
620...
620.1620.2620.3
J3J9E
J3J9E
J3J9E
J3J9E
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
� HEWI Lever handles page 7� HEWI Window handles page 146� HEWI Pull handles page 172
HEWI Hardware | 261
HEWI Door stopmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 85 mm, height 22,5 mm, withspring loaded black elastic buffer. Supplied with fixing material.
HEWI Spacer for door stop 625made of high-quality polyamide, ø 85 mm, height 11 mm, toincrease overall height to 33,5 mm.
625
625.1
J3J9E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
C6Y3E
C6Y3E
C6Y3E
HEWI Interior flap for letter plateweather resistant special polyamide, follows DIN 32617, with slot size 326 x 35 mm, without connection sleeve.
Cutting size 344 x 51 mm.
680.010
HEWI Letter plate weather resistant special polyamide, compliant to DIN 32617,with slot size 326 x 35 mm and name plate 60 x 15 mm, without sleeve.
Cutting size 344 x 51 mm.
680.100
Polyamide | Door Accessories
680...
680.110680.111680.112
HEWI Letter plate with interior flap and connection sleeve, weather-resistent specialpolyamide, follows DIN 32617, with slot size 326 x 35 mm and nameplate 60 x 15 mm, smooth-adjusting. Cutting size 344 x 51 mm.
to suit doors 20 to 35 mm thickto suit doors 35 to 70 mm thickto suit doors or walls 65 to 100 mm thick
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
262 | HEWI Hardware
Door Accessories | Polyamide
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
B4J9E
HEWI House numeralsspecial, weather-resistant polyamide, ø 33 mm, theft-prooffixing.
Numerals, height approx. 165 mm Lower case letters a to dHyphen
Supplied with mounting material suitable for insulating plaster finish on request.
702.165...
702.165.1, 2, ...702.165.A, ...702.165.BS
HEWI Symbol, malemade of high-quality polyamide, 3 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
801.91.010
HEWI Symbol, femalemade of high-quality polyamide, 3 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
801.91.020
G3K4E
G3K4E
G3K4E
HEWI Symbol, disabledmade of high-quality polyamide, 3 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
801.91.030
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour
� HEWI Lever handles page 7� HEWI Window handles page 146� HEWI Pull handles page 172
HEWI Hardware | 263
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Polyamide | Door Accessories
HEWI Symbol, pushhigh-quality polyamide, ø 52 mm, 2 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
711D
HEWI Symbol, pullhigh-quality polyamide, ø 52 mm, 2 mm thick, self-adhesive back.
711Z
H3D3E
H3D3E
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
Material | Colour
See article description
264 | HEWI Hardware
Door Accessories | Polyamide
K8Y3E
HEWI Door ventmade of high-quality polyamide, 150 sq cm open space, for door thickness 30 to 45 mm. Available in all HEWI colours,except 99 (pure white) and 90 (jet black).
dto., Polystyrene. Available in HEWI colours 99 (pure white), 90 (jet black), 85 (beige/brown) and 82 (mahogany brown).
Cutting size 440 x 80 mm, R = 12,5 mm
800N
800PSB
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
1000
2000
UK market onlyHEWI Kicking plateBectron, 1.8 mm thick, max. 1000 x 2000 mm, high glossfinish. Available in all HEWI colours. Self adhesive fixing.
57.986
90
330
UK market onlyHEWI Finger plate 330 x 90 mmBectron, 1.8 mm thick, high gloss finish. Available in all HEWIcolours. Self adhesive fixing. Other sizes to order.
57.986FP
Item NumberCut to size
� HEWI Lever handles page 7� HEWI Window handles page 146� HEWI Pull handles page 172
HEWI Hardware | 265
Polyamide | Door Accessories
K4H3E
TS.RE60TS.RE60SK
150
600
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Item number, Height & Width Cross-reference
Item number additions4 additional drill holes for fixing points rose/backplate 10 mm return4 additional drill holes for fixing points and return
...B
...U
...BU
HEWI Door protector, rectangular made of polystyrene, matt, 150 mm wide, 600 mm high, 2 mm thick, fixed in place with oval-head countersunk screwsor polyamide nails, incl. 2 punched holes, definable via centre-to-centre size. Available in all HEWI colours. Slight deviations incolour can occur. Not suitable for outside use.
Centre-to-centre size: variableDimension A: variable Dimension lower edge to centre of nut: variable Punched hole nut: round 21 or 26 Punched hole cylinder: oval or for profile cylinder
Incl. drill holes for fixing to door leaf and fixing materials ditto, self-adhesive
K4K4E
HEWI Door protector, squaremade of polystyrene, matt, 180 mm wide, 180 mm high, 2 mm thick, fixed in place with oval-head countersunk screws or polyamide nails, incl. 2 punched holes, definable via centre-to-centresize. Available in all HEWI colours. Slight deviations in colour can occur.Not suitable for outside use.
Centre-to-centre size: variableDimension A: variable Dimension lower edge to centre of nut: variable Punched hole nut: round 21 or 26 Punched hole cylinder: oval or for profile cylinder
Incl. drill holes for fixing to door leaf and fixing materials ditto, self-adhesive
Different heights, widths, shapes, punched holes, return, etc. available on request.
TS.QU18TS.QU18SK
Item number additions4 additional drill holes for fixing points rose/backplate10 mm return 4 additional drill holes for fixing points and return
...B
...U
...BU
180
180
Sig
nage
Sys
tem
s | D
oor
Acc
.
266 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 267
Sanitary
San
itar
y
Overview 268
Sanitary products stainless steel 270
Sanitary products polyamide 274
268 | HEWI Hardware
Wastepaper binpage 270
Toilet roll holderpage 270
Toilet brush unitpage 271
Toilet brushpage 271
Toilet roll holderpage 272
Spare roll holderpage 272
Toilet roll holderpage 272
Toilet brush unitpage 273
Toilet brushpage 273
Single hookpage 272
Single hookpage 272
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Sanitary | Stainless Steel | Overview
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
New New New New
New New
New New New
New New
HEWI Hardware | 269
Waste binpage 274
Wall-mounted ashtray page 274
Storage Dishpage 276
Mirror clippage 276
Toilet brush unitpage 274
Toilet roll holderpage 277
Toilet roll holderconcealed fitting to preventunauthorised removalpage 277
Spare roll holderpage 277
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide
Overview | Polyamide | Sanitary
Single hookpage 278
Single hookpage 278
Spare brush headpage 274
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
� Available HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
San
itar
y
Material | Surface | Colour
Stainless steelTextured
Polyamide (functional elements)92 (anthracite grey), 99 (pure white)
270 | HEWI Hardware
Sanitary | Stainless Steel
805.21.400
HEWI Wastepaper bincubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount,waste bin for used paper hand towels, capacity approx. 25 l, invisible,integrated bag holder, 300 mm wide, 510 mm high and 170 mm deep,wall mount 15 mm deep, for mounting on wall,aperture made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white).
B8J9E
17015
510
805.05.100
G6Y3E
New HEWI Toilet roll holdercubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount,for one toilet roll, integrated roll brake, side level indicator, with lockingsystem to protect against misuse, 160 mm wide, 155 mm high and 132 mm deep, wall mount 10 mm deep, for mounting on wall,functional closure made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white).
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem numberSoftlink
New
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item numberColour (functional elements)
HEWI Hardware | 271
Stainless Steel | Sanitary
HEWI Toilet brush unitcubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wallmount, insert conical shaped and removable for cleaning, with innerreservoir for disinfectant, brush handle made of stainless steel, bayonetfixing makes brush head easy to replace, 100 mm wide, container 285 mm high and 100 mm deep, wall mount 10 mm for mounting onwall, insert made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white).
805.20.200New
HEWI Toilet brush for toilet brush unit 805.20.200brush handle with replaceable brush head,bayonet fixing makes brush head easy to replace,brush handle made of high-quality stainless steel.
New 805.20.020
G6Y3E
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem number
D0H3E
San
itar
y
Material | Surface | Colour
Stainless steelTextured
Polyamide (functional elements)92 (anthracite grey), 99 (pure white)
272 | HEWI Hardware
Sanitary | Stainless Steel
HEWI Toilet roll holderright-angled U-shaped holder, concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 160 mm wide, 120 mm high, bar ø 20 mm,made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish.
S5S5E
805.21.100
HEWI Spare roll holdercylindrical toilet roll holder with rose fixing,concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 120 mm long, ø 33 mm, roses ø 70 mm, made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish.
805.21.200
Z5H3E
HEWI Toilet roll holdercylindrical toilet roll holder with rose fixing, incl. friction/rotation control,concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,126 mm long, ø 33 mm, roses ø 70 mm,made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish.
805.21.300
W5H7E
J1J9E
HEWI Single hookhook with rose fixing,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,50 mm deep, rose ø 55 mm,made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish,supplied without screws and plugs.
805.90.010
HEWI Single hookhook with rose fixing, concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 80 mm deep,rose ø 70 mm, made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish, supplied without screws and plugs.
805.90.030
J1J9E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem numberSoftlink
New
New
New
New
New
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item numberColour (functional elements)
HEWI Hardware | 273
Stainless Steel | Sanitary
HEWI Toilet brush unitbrush handle with easily replaceable brush head by bayonet fixing,brush head made of black polyamide, brush container with round bottom and spherical semi-open top in ringshaped holder,upper part free rotating, container is removable,concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal of holder,141 mm wide, 470 mm high and 140 mm deep,container made of high-quality polyamide in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white),holder and brush handle made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed surface finish.
805.20.100
S5S5E
HEWI Toilet brush for toilet brush unit 805.20.100brush handle with easily replaceable brush head by bayonet fixing,brush head made of black polyamide, 460 mm long,brush handle made of high-quality stainless steel with brushed,surface finish.
805.20.010
Z4Y3E
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem number
New
New
San
itar
y
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
274 | HEWI Hardware
J3H7E
HEWI Wall-mounted ashtrayring-shaped wall-mounted holder with matt black ashtray insert,pivots for emptying purposes,concealed screw fitting to prevent unauthorised removal,98 mm wide, 38,5 mm high and 100 mm deep,insert made of heat-resistant melamine resin,wall-mounted holder made of high-quality polyamide,ashtray insert only available when purchased with holder.
477.92.100
S8S5E
HEWI Waste bin (Knee operated)cylindrical container with hinged lid, removable waste container foreasy cleaning, lid opens by applying slight pressure to container with the knee or hand, with self-adhesive label with instructions for kneeoperation, integrated compartment for standard hygienic bags, only suitable for wall mounting, capacity approx. 6 litres, 330 mm high and 210 mm deep, ø 180 mm, made of high-quality polyamide.
Hygienic bags from: Ebner AG, Postfach 826, CH-9500 Wil/Switzerland,Tel.: +41 719122727
item no. 126W-11, dimensions: 10 x 7 x 19 cm
477.05.100
Sanitary | Polyamide
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem numberSoftlink
41939
HEWI Extension piece5 mm thick, to increase projection
Item numberColour
HEWI Hardware | 275
W8Y3E
HEWI Toilet brush unitbrush handle with easily replaceable brush head by bayonet fixing,brush head made of black polyamide, brush container with round bottom and spherical semi-open top in ringshaped holder,upper part free rotating, container is removable, but can also be fittedto prevent unauthorised removal, concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal of holder, 141 mm wide, 470 mm high,140 mm deep,made of high-quality polyamide (please advise colour).
HEWI Toilet brush unitbrush container made of opaque white transparent synthetic material
HEWI Toilet brush
477.20.100
477.20.10005
477.20.010
HEWI Spare brush head for toilet brush unit 477.20.100/200, toilet brush 477.20.010for easy replacement on toilet brush by bayonet fixing,with black bristles.
Packing unit 1 pcs.Packing unit 5 pcs.Packing unit 25 pcs.
921037921044921038
New HEWI Spare brush headfor toilet brush unit 805.20.200, toilet brush 805.20.020for easy replacement on toilet brush by bayonet fixing,with anthracite grey bristles.
921050
Polyamide | Sanitary
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem number
Supplementary products Ordering and further information Cross-reference
San
itar
y
Material | Surface | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
276 | HEWI Hardware
B4S5E
HEWI Mirror clipflat mirror clip, to fit mirrors 6 mm thick, for combination with 477.01.010 and 477.01.020, concealed screw fitting to preventunauthorised removal, 30 mm wide, 60 mm high and 18 mm deep, made of high-quality polyamide, 2 ea per box.
477.01.100
Y4J9E
HEWI Storage dishelongated dish with flat bottom and two drain holes, fits on wall in wall-mounted holder, removable, 250 mm wide, 35 mm high and115 mm deep, made of high-quality polyamide.
477.03.300
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem numberSoftlink
Sanitary | Polyamide
41939
HEWI Extension piece5 mm thick, to increase projection
Item numberColour
Supplementary products Ordering and further information Cross-reference
HEWI Hardware | 277
SoftlinkDimensions in mm / SpecificationItem number
Polyamide | Sanitary
W4H3E
HEWI Spare roll holdercylindrical toilet roll holder with rose fixing, concealed fitting to preventunauthorised removal, 120 mm long, ø 33 mm, rose ø 70 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
477.21.200
X4C1E
X4C1E
HEWI Toilet roll holderright-angled U-shaped holder, concealed fitting to prevent unauthorised removal, 160 mm wide, 120 mm high, ø 20 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
477.21.100
HEWI Toilet roll holderright-angled U-shaped holder, retaining element to preventunauthorised removal of toilet roll, concealed fitting to preventunauthorised removal of holder, HEWI Key included in the scopeof supply, 160 mm wide, 120 mm high, ø 20 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
HEWI Key for unlocking the anti-theft feature in colour 33 (ruby red)
477.21.150
42527 San
itar
y
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
278 | HEWI Hardware
Sanitary | Polyamide
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem numberSoftlink
477.90.010 HEWI Single hookcylindrical right-angled hook with rose fixing, concealed screw fittingto prevent unauthorised removal, 45 mm deep, rose ø 50 mm,made of high-quality polyamide
Supplied without screws and plugs.
F4J9E
C1H3E
HEWI Single hookright-angled cylindrical hook with rose fixing, concealed screw fittingto prevent unauthorised removal, 100 mm deep, rose ø 70 mm,made of high-quality polyamide.
Supplied without screws and plugs.
477.90.030
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item numberColour
HEWI Hardware | 279
Polyamide | Sanitary
San
itar
y
280 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 281
Cabinet Hardware
Overview 282
Furniture handles 284
Cupboard knobs 290
Furniture Pulls 293
Flush pulls 294
Fixing types 296
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
282 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Polyamide | Overview
Furniture handles ø 10 mm
Furniture handles ø 10 mm
Furniture handles ø 13 mm
Furniture handles ø 20 mm
Furniture handles, supports ø 16 mm
548.74 L = 74 mmpage 284
548.86 L = 86 mmpage 284
548.106 L = 106 mmpage 284
548.110 L = 110 mmpage 284
548.138 L = 138 mmpage 285
548.13.96 L = 109 mmpage 286
548.13.128 L = 141 mmpage 286
548.16.192 L = 208 mmpage 287
548.16.288 L = 304 mmpage 287
548.13.192 L = 205 mmpage 286
111.250G L = 270 mmpage 289
111G L = 135 mmpage 289
111.23G L = 148 mmpage 289
Furniture handles ø 16 mm
548RD42 L = 42 mmpage 285
548RD50 L = 50 mmpage 285
548RD74 L = 74 mmpage 285
Furniture handles ø 23 mm
548.17.64GKW L = 80 mmpage 288
548.17.96 L = 112 mmpage 288
548.17.128 L = 144 mmpage 288
HEWI Hardware | 283
Overview | Polyamide | Cabinet Hardware
Cupboard knobs
557.13 ø 13 mmpage 290
557.20 ø 20 mmapage 290
557.23 ø 23 mmpage 290
557.32K ø 32 mm557.32 ø 32 mmpage 291
557.50K ø 52 mm557.50 ø 52 mmpage 291
557.55 ø 55 mmpage 291
559.23 ø 23 mmpage 292
559.55 ø 55 mmpage 292
Cupboard knobs
534.48 L = 66 mmpage 293
Furniture pull
535.42ML ø 42 mmpage 294
535.75ML ø 75 mmpage 294
538.60ML ø 60 mmpage 294
538.90ML ø 90 mmpage 294
538.90H ø 90 mmpage 295
539 L = 100 mmpage 295
542 L = 95 mmpage 295
538.75ML ø 75 mmpage 294
Flush pulls
Flush pulls
559.12 ø 12 mmpage 292
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink
field on the HEWI Website you receive
further product and/or service information.
� Available HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
548.01
HEWI Backplatemade of high-quality polyamide, ø 16 mm, 2,5 mm thick.
284 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Furniture Handles ø 10 mm
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 64 mm centre to centre,32 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548.74
548.74548.74.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 76 mm centre to centre,35 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548.86
548.86548.86.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 100 mm centre to centre,35 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548.110
548.110548.110.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 96 mm centre to centre,35 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548.106
548.106548.106.4
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Material | Colour Supplementary products
548.02
HEWI Counter washermade of high-quality polyamide, ø 16 mm, 2,5 mm thick for HEWI furniture handles 548... ø 10 mm
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
Supplementary products Ordering and further information Cross-reference
HEWI Hardware | 285
Furniture Handles ø 10 mm | Cabinet Hardware
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
Y3H7E
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 128 mm centre to centre,35 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548.138
548.138548.138.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 32 mm centre to centre,26 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548RD42
548RD42548RD42.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 64 mm centre to centre,42 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548RD74
548RD74548RD74.4
HEWI Furniture handle ø 10 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 40 mm centre to centre,30 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw cap
548RD50
548RD50548RD50.4
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Material | Colour Supplementary products Supplementary products
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
548.13RSHEWI Rosefor furniture handles ø 13 mm, made of high-quality polyamide, ø 37 mm, rose fixing:extension of handles + 2,5 mm.
548.13HHEWI Hookmade of high-quality polyamide,for furniture handles 548.13...
286 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Furniture Handles ø 13 mm
K3K4E
K3K4E
K3K4E
HEWI Furniture handle ø 13 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 96 mm centre to centre,38 mm deep.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.13.96
548.13.96548.13.96.4548.13.96.6548.13.96.7
HEWI Furniture handle ø 13 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 128 mm centre to centre,38 mm deep.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.13.128
548.13.128548.13.128.4548.13.128.6548.13.128.7
HEWI Furniture handle ø 13 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 192 mm centre to centre,38 mm deep.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.13.192
548.13.192548.13.192.4548.13.192.6548.13.192.7
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
HEWI Hardware | 287
Furniture Handles ø 16 mm | Cabinet Hardware
K3D3E
K3D3E
HEWI Furniture handle ø 16 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 192 mm centre to centre,44 mm deep.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.16.192
548.16.192548.16.192.4548.16.192.6548.16.192.7
HEWI Furniture handle ø 16 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 288 mm centre to centre,44 mm deep.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.16.288
548.16.288548.16.288.4548.16.288.6548.16.288.7
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
288 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Furniture Handles, Supports ø 16 mm
HEWI Furniture handlemade of high-quality polyamide, supports ø 16 mm, 26 mm deep,fixing points 64 mm centre to centre.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.17.64GKW
548.17.64GKW548.17.64GKW.4548.17.64GKW.6548.17.64GKW.7
HEWI Furniture handlemade of high-quality polyamide, supports ø 16 mm, 26 mm deep,fixing points 96 mm centre to centre.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.17.96
548.17.96548.17.96.4548.17.96.6548.17.96.7
HEWI Furniture handlemade of high-quality polyamide, supports ø 16 mm, 26 mm deep,fixing points 128 mm centre to centre.
Furniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
548.17.128
548.17.128548.17.128.4548.17.128.6548.17.128.7
K3D3E
K3D3E
K3D3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
HEWI Hardware | 289
Furniture Handles ø 20 and ø 23 mm | Cabinet Hardware
B3J9E
HEWI Furniture handle ø 23 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 125 mm centre to centre,58 mm deep.
Furniture handle, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixing on glassFurniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
111.23G
111.23G.1111.23G.21111.23G.22111.23G111.23G.4111.23G.6111.23G.7
HEWI Furniture handle ø 20 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 115 mm centre to centre,55 mm deep.
Furniture handle, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixing on glassFurniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
111G
111G.1111G.21111G.22111G111G.4111G.6111G.7
HEWI Furniture handle ø 20 mmmade of high-quality polyamide, fixing points 250 mm centre to centre,55 mm deep.
Furniture handle, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixingFurniture handle, pair, with rose fixing on glassFurniture handle, bolt through fixingFurniture handle, bolt through fixing with screw capFurniture handle, with concealed front fixingFurniture handle, pair, with concealed fixing
111.250G
111.250G.1111.250G.21111.250G.22111.250G111.250G.4111.250G.6111.250G.7
B3J9E
B3J9E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
290 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Cupboard Knobs
Z6Y3E
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 13 mm, 25 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
557.13
557.13557.13.4557.13.6557.13.7
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 20 mm, 26 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
557.20
557.20557.20.4557.20.6557.20.7
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, 29 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
557.23
557.23557.23.4557.23.6557.23.7
Z6Y3E
Z6Y3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
HEWI Hardware | 291
Cupboard Knobs | Cabinet Hardware
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 32 mm, 30 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
HEWI Knob for Knob cylindersmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 32 mm. Suitable for knob cylindersfrom the cylinder-firms. Please indicate cylinder-firm and -type when ordering.
557.32
557.32557.32.4557.32.6557.32.7
557.32K
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 52 mm, 44 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
HEWI Knob for knob cylindersmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 52 mm. Available as square socket option 7 or 8 mm (in case of order, pleaseindicate).
557.50
557.50557.50.6557.50.7
557.50K
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 55 mm, 44 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
557.55
557.55557.55.6557.55.7
Z6Y3E
Z6Y3E
Z6Y3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Material | Colour Supplementary products
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
548.13RS
HEWI Rosefor cupboard knob with neck ø 13 mm, made ofhigh-quality polyamide, ø 37 mm, rose fixing:extension of cupboard knob + 2,5 mm.
292 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Cupboard Knobs
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 12 mm, neck ø 8 mm, 26 mm deep, bolt through fixing.
559.12
S9S5E
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 23 mm, neck ø 13 mm, 27 mm deep.
Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
559.23
559.23559.23.4559.23.6559.23.7
HEWI Cupboard knobmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 55 mm, neck ø 23 mm, 70 mm deep.
With low to normal mechanical stress Cupboard knob, with rose fixingCupboard knob, pair, with rose fixingCupboard knob, pair, with rose fixing on glassCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw cap on glassWith low to normal mechanical stress Cupboard knob, bolt through fixingCupboard knob, bolt through fixing with screw capCupboard knob, with concealed front fixingCupboard knob, pair, with concealed fixing
559.55
559.55.1559.55.21559.55.22559.55.42
559.55559.55.4559.55.6559.55.7
S9S5E
S9S5E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
HEWI Hardware | 293
Furniture Pulls | Cabinet Hardware
S9C1E
HEWI Furniture pullmade of high-quality polyamide, ø 15 mm, bolt through fixing, fixing points 48 mm.When used in a pair, creates a complete circle.
534.48
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Material | Colour
PolyamideAvailable HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
294 | HEWI Hardware
Cabinet Hardware | Flush Pulls
Z9H3E
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed ø 35 mm, recessed depth 12 mm.
535.42ML
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed ø 70 mm, recessed depth 13 mm.
535.75ML
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed ø 55 mm, recessed depth 13 mm.
538.60ML
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed ø 70 mm, recessed depth 13 mm.
538.75ML
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed ø 85 mm, recessed depth 13 mm.
538.90ML
Z9H3E
Z9H3E
Z9H3E
Z9H3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Ordering and further information Cross-reference
Item NumberColour � Fixing types pages 296, 297
HEWI Hardware | 295
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed radius 40 mm, recesseddepth 13 mm. When used in a pair, creates a complete circle.
538.90H
Z9H3E
Dimensions in mm / SpecificationItem NumberSoftlink
Flush Pulls | Cabinet Hardware
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed dimensions 90 x 42 mm, recessed depth 15 mm.
539
HEWI Flush pullmade of high-quality polyamide, recessed dimensions 82 x 30 mm, recessed depth 10 mm.
542
Z9H3E
Z9H3E
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
Cabinet Hardware | Fixing Types
296 | HEWI Hardware
HEWI Fixing type 1concealed front fixing with rose ø 52 mm.Countersunk screws not supplied.
HEWI Fixing type 21fixing per pair on wood with roses ø 52 mm.Countersunk screws not supplied.
Please note:111...G: screws ø 3,5 x (wall thickness + 10)
HEWI Fixing type 22fixing per pair on glass with roses ø 52 mm.
...1
...21
...22
HEWI Fixing type 3bolt through fixing.Countersunk screws not supplied.
Please note:111...G: screws ø 5 x (wall thickness + 30)548...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 15)557...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 15)559.23: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 20)
Standard(alt: ...3)
SpecificationItem Number
Fixing types for:� Furniture handle
111...G page 289� Furniture handles
548.13... page 285548.16... page 287548.17... page 288
�Cupboard knobs 557...pages 290, 291
�Cupboard knob 559.23page 292
HEWI Fixing type 4bolt through fixing with screw cap.Countersunk screws not supplied.
Please note:111...G: screws ø 5 x (wall thickness + 35)548...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 20)557...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 20)559.23: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 25)
...4
HEWI Fixing type 6concealed front fixing.Countersunk screws not supplied.
...6
HEWI Fixing type 7fixing per pair on wood.Countersunk screws not supplied.
Please note:111...G: screws ø 5 x (wall thickness + 40)548...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 25)557...: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 25)559.23: screws ø 4 x (wall thickness + 30)
...7
Rose cap
Rose cap
Rose base
Rose baseCountersunk wood screw
Cap bushing
Bushing
Bushing
Concealed set screw
Concealed set screw
Cap
Countersunkwood screwNo. 6 x ...
Countersunk woodscrew
Countersunk woodscrew
Countersunkwood screw
Countersunkwood screw
HEWI Hardware | 297
Fixing Types | Cabinet Hardware
SpecificationItem Number
HEWI Fixing type 1concealed front fixing with rose ø 52 mm.Countersunk screws not supplied.
HEWI Fixing type 21fixing per pair on wood with roses ø 52 mm.Countersunk screws not supplied.
Please note:screws ø 3,5 x (wall thickness + 10)
HEWI Fixing type 22fixing per pair on glass with roses ø 52 mm.
...1
...21
...22
HEWI Fixing type 3bolt through fixing.Supplied without countersunk wood screws.
Please note:Bolt M5 x (wall thickness + 35)
Standard(old: ...3)
Fixing types for:� Cupboard knob 559.55
page 292
HEWI Fixing type 4bolt through fixing with screw cap.Supplied without bolt M5 and nut.
Please note:Bolt M5 x (wall thickness + 40)
...4
HEWI Fixing type 42bolt through fixing with screw cap on glass.
...42
HEWI Fixing type 6concealed front fixing.Supplied without screw.
...6
HEWI Fixing type 7fixing per pair.Supplied without bolt M5 and nut.
Please note:screws M5 x (wall thickness + 65)
...7
Rose cap
Rose base
Rose base
Cap bushing
Countersunk screw
Socket
Rose cap
Rose cap
Rose base
s
s
Countersunk screw
Countersunk screw
Socket
Socket
Socket
Nut
Bolt M5
Socket
Nut
Bolt M5
Socket
Concealed setscrew
Socket
Concealed setscrew
Cab
inet
Har
dw
are
298 | HEWI Hardware
SoftlinkBy entering this code in the Softlink fieldon the HEWI Website you receive furtherproduct and/or service information.
HEWI Hardware | 299
General Information
Service | Contact 304
Numerical index 306
Product characteristics, Certification 318
Material characteristics, Care tips 319
HEWI colours see inlay on the back page
HEWI Hotline
Monday – Friday
between 8 am and 5 pm
Phone: +44 1634 377688
Fax: +44 1634 370612
eMail: [email protected]
iG
ener
al In
form
atio
n
299_324_Allg_Infos_PLBB09_GB_copy.qxp:PUPL_Template 10.12.2008 8:29 Uhr Seite 299
300 | HEWI Hardware
Service | Architects and Planners
HEWI Service for architects and planners
Advice
• Comprehensive personal advice in all planning phases across the entirespectrum of HEWI products and services
• Deployment of HEWI teams specialising in the areas of accessibility,electronic locking systems, signage systems and individual solutions forhandrails
• Don’t hesitate to get in touch with our contact person!
Sample supply
• HEWI provides you with free product samples, material samples, colour ‘fans’,documentation and product data for visualisations, etc. for your presentationsto builders/investors.
• Contact HEWI consultants for commercial and public projects for further details.
Planning service
• Preparation of a free plan for a barrierfree sanitary area to your specifications by the HEWI planning service
• All you need do is submit a drawing with dimensions indicating the position ofthe bathroom connections and let us know the barrierfree profile requirementsof the bathroom concerned
• On the basis of this information you will be given an individual planning recommen dation that can be implemented immediately together with a cost estimate.
Catalogues and brochures
• Our current catalogues and brochures are available for ordering and/or downloadingvia our website at:http://www.hewi.co.uk/content/uk_en/service/prospekte/
Product catalogue online
• All HEWI product information is available online – tender specifications, CAD data, drawings, photos, planning aids, etc.
• The product catalogue is available at http://produktkatalog.hewi.de
HEWI Contacts
Your local contacts
If you would like to be advised personally or given an on-site presentation, HEWI local consultants would be delighted to oblige:
• HEWI consultants for commercial and public projects are the standard contact people for architects, planners, builders and investors
• HEWI application consultants are specialists for technical management requirements
• HEWI systems consultants provide sound support in the planning of electronic access control systems
To find your personal contact, simply enter the soft link mentioned above or visit: http://www.hewi.co.uk/content/uk_en/kontakt/ansprechpartner/
We are availableMonday – Fridaybetween 8 am and 5 pm
Phone: +44 1634 377688Fax: +44 1634 370612 eMail: [email protected]
T8C1E
R7Y3E
D8K4E
HEWI Hardware | 301
Numerical Index | General Information
Item Number Name Page
539 Flush pull, polyamide 295542 Flush pull, polyamide 295554 Glass rebated key, polyamide 151610 Door stop, polyamide 260615 Door stop, polyamide 260625 Door stop, polyamide 261713 Pictogram-holder 24131710 Window handle, polyamide 15141382 Tumbler 22442527 Key, polyamide 27749444 Cover lifter 10757.986 Kicking plate, polyamide 26433.1700 Double hook for cloakroom rails 22533.2010 Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 17833.2020 Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 17933.2023 Handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 18033.2070 Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 18233.7000 Cloakroom rail 22833.7010 Cloakroom rail 22633.7030 Cloakroom rail 23033.7030 Ceiling support 23133.7050 Cloakroom rail 23033.7050 Ceiling support 23133.7060 Cloakroom rail 23033.7060 Ceiling support 23033.7060 Ceiling support 23133.7440 Bench with shoe rack 23433.7441 Bench with shoe rack 23540.1150 Panel holder 21340.1151 Panel holder 21340.1155 Panel holder 21340.1156 Panel holder 21340.1710 Hook for cloakroom rails 22540.2010 Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 17840.2020 Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 17940.2023 Handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 18040.2070 Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 182505163 Window handle, stainless steel, stainless steel 143506131 Optional third support, height 60 mm, stainless steel 169506132 Optional third support, height 60 mm, stainless steel 167506133 Optional third support, height 40 mm, stainless steel 169506138 Optional third support, height 50 mm, stainless steel 169548.106 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.110 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.138 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285611.105 Door stop, polyamide 260680.010 Interior flap for letter plate, polyamide 261680.100 Letter plate, polyamide 261680.110 Letter plate, polyamide 261680.111 Letter plate, polyamide 261680.112 Letter plate, polyamide 261921037 Spare brush head, packing unit 1 pcs. 275921038 Spare brush head, packing unit 25 pcs. 275921044 Spare brush head, packing unit 5 pcs. 275921050 Spare brush head NEW 2753.320.724.187 Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 540 mm 1763.320.727.187 Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 540 mm 1763.320.727.287 Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 540 mm 176...3 Hook for cloakroom rails 222...4K Hook for cloakroom rails 222...6H Hook for cloakroom rails 222...6HP Hook for cloakroom rails 224...6V Hook for cloakroom rails 222...7H Hook for cloakroom rails 223...7V Hook for cloakroom rails 223...8H Hook for cloakroom rails 223...8V Hook for cloakroom rails 223...P8 Hook for cloakroom rails 224
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
302 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
...PB8 Hook for cloakroom rails 224100XA30K27 Stainless steel tube, ø 30, stainless steel 167111.23E Lever handle (E-technology) 13111.23ELT Lever handle (E-technology), female part 13111.23EST Lever handle (E-technology), male part 13111.23G Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.1 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.21 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.22 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.4 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.6 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23G.7 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.23PBB Lever handle Soft Touch (B-technology) 15111.23PBBLT Lever handle Soft Touch (B-technology), female part 15111.23PBH Lever handle Soft Touch (H-technology) 15111.23PBHLT Lever handle Soft Touch (H-technology), female part 15111.23R Lever handle (R-technology) 13111.23RLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 13111.250G Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.1 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.21 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.22 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.4 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.6 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111.250G.7 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111E Lever handle (E-technology) 9111ELT Lever handle (E-technology), female part 11111EST Lever handle (E-technology), male part 11111FG.1 Window handle, polyamide 146111FG.6 Window handle, polyamide 147111FGA.1 Window handle, lockable, polyamide 146111FGA.1K Window handle, lockable, polyamide 146111FGA.6 Window handle, lockable, polyamide 147111FGA.6K Window handle, lockable, polyamide 147111G Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.1 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.21 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.22 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.4 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.6 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111G.7 Furniture handle ø 23, polyamide 289111PB.3343G1 Pull handle, ø 33, thermoplastic polyurethane, c to c 454 mm 177111R Lever handle (R-technology) 11111RLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 11111XA.2520G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 156111XA.2520G2 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 157111XA.2520G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 159111XA.2521G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 156111XA.2521G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 159111XA.2525G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 156111XA.2525G3 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 158111XA.2525G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 159111XA.2530G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 156111XA.2530G3 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 158111XA.2530G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 159111XA.2530G5 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 160111XA.3001G5 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1000 mm 160111XA.3005G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 500 mm 156111XA.3006G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 600 mm 156111XA.3008G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 800 mm 156111XA.3010G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1000 mm 156111XA.3015G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1500 mm 156111XA.3030G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 156111XA.3030G2 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 157111XA.3030G3 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 158111XA.3030G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 159111XA.3030G5 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 160111XA.3035G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 156
HEWI Hardware | 303
Numerical Index | General Information
111XA.3035G2 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 157111XA.3035G3 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 158111XA.3035G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 159111XA.3036G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 156111XA.3036G3 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 158111XA.3036G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 159111XA.3040G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 156111XA.3040G3 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 158111XA.3040G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 159111XA.3080G5 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 800 mm 160111XA.3090G5 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 900 mm 160111XA.4001G5 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 1000 mm 161111XA.4002G5 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 1100 mm 161111XA.4003G5 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 1200 mm 161111XA.4040G1 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 156111XA.4040G3 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 400 158111XA.4040G4 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 159111XA30B1... Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel 167111XA30K1... 90° angle support, ø 30, stainless steel 167111XAB Lever handle (B-technology) 9111XABLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 9111XADG02 Push/pull handle set 124111XADG02D Push/pull handle set, half fitting 124111XADG02DF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 124111XADG02DZF Push/pull handle set 124111XADG02E Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 124111XADG02ED Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 124111XADG02EZ Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 124111XADG02F Push/pull handle set 124111XADG02Z Push/pull handle set, half fitting 124111XADG02ZDF Push/pull handle set 124111XADG02ZF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 124111XADG12E Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 124111XAFG.1 Window handle, stainless steel 138111XAFG.6 Window handle, stainless steel 139111XAFGA.1 Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 138111XAFGA.1K Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 138111XAFGA.6 Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 139111XAFGA.6K Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 139111XAG12 Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 124111XAR Lever handle (R-technology) 9111XAR17.150 Backplate for locking plate, panic bar PS111XA... 130111XARLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 9111XARLT Lever Handle (R technology), female part 130114.23GKRLT Model 114.23, female part 21114XARLT Model 114X , female part 21115.23R Lever handle (R-technology) 19115.23RLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 19116XAB Lever handle (B-technology) 17116XABLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 17116XAR Lever handle (R-technology) 17116XARLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 17120PBFG.1 Window handle, steel-pa-compound NEW 149120PBR01.520 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 45120PBR01.620 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 47120PBR52.780 Framed door lever handle (R-technology) 49120PC__R01.520 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 45120PCFG.1 Window handle, steel-pa-compound NEW 149120PCR01.620 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 47120PCR52.780 Framed door lever handle (R-technology) 49130.550.1 Pull handle, polyamide, c to c 300 mm 177130FG.3 Window handle, polyamide 148130FGA.3 Window handle, lockable, polyamide 148130FGA.3K Window handle, lockable, polyamide 148131R Lever handle (R-technology) 55131RLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 55132RLT Framed door lever handle (R-technology), female part 59133R Lever handle (R-technology) 57
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
304 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
133RLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 57134RLT Framed door lever handle (R-technology), female part 59160XA.2500G6 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 1300 mm 165160XA.2500G7 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 1300 mm 166160XA.2520G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 162160XA.2520G2 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 163160XA.2520G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 164160XA.2520G6 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 165160XA.2520G7 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 200 mm 166160XA.2521G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 162160XA.2521G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 164160XA.2521G6 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 165160XA.2521G7 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 210 mm 166160XA.2525G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 162160XA.2525G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 164160XA.2525G6 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 165160XA.2525G7 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 250 mm 166160XA.2530G1 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 162160XA.2530G4 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 164160XA.2530G6 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 165160XA.2530G7 Pull handle, ø 25, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 166160XA.3000G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 1500 mm 165160XA.3000G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1501 - 2200 mm 165160XA.3000G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 1500 mm 166160XA.3005G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 500 mm 162160XA.3005G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 165160XA.3005G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 166160XA.3006G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 600 mm 162160XA.3006G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 500 mm 165160XA.3006G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 500 mm 166160XA.3008G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 800 mm 162160XA.3008G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 700 mm 165160XA.3008G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 700 mm 166160XA.3010G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1000 mm 162160XA.3010G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 900 mm 165160XA.3010G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 900 mm 166160XA.3015G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1500 mm 162160XA.3015G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1400 mm 165160XA.3015G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 1400 mm 166160XA.3030G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 162160XA.3030G2 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 163160XA.3030G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 164160XA.3030G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 165160XA.3030G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 300 mm 166160XA.3035G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 162160XA.3035G2 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 163160XA.3035G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 164160XA.3035G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 165160XA.3035G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 350 mm 166160XA.3036G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 162160XA.3036G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 164160XA.3036G6 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 165160XA.3036G7 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 360 mm 166160XA.3040G1 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 162160XA.3040G4 Pull handle, ø 30, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 164160XA.4000G6 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 450 mm 165160XA.4000G7 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 100 - 450 mm 167160XA.4040G1 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 162160XA.4040G4 Pull handle, ø 40, stainless steel, c to c 400 mm 164160XA30B1... Pull handle ø 30, stainless steel 170160XA30B6... Pull handle ø 30, stainless steel 170160XA30B7... Pull handle ø 30, stainless steel 170160XA30K1... 90° angled support, ø 30, stainless steel 169160XA30K6... T-shaped support, ø 30, stainless steel 169160XA30K7... T-shaped, inclined, ø 30, stainless steel 169160XAFG.1 Window handle, stainless steel 140160XAFGA.1 Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 140160XAFGA.1K Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 140
HEWI Hardware | 305
Numerical Index | General Information
160XAR17.250 Backplate for locking plate, panic bar PS160XA... 130161XAB Lever handle (B-technology) 65161XABLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 65161XAR Lever handle (R-technology) 65161XARLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 65162.21ABB Lever handle (B-technology) 29162.21ABBLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 29162.21ABH Lever handle (H-technology) 29162.21ABHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 29162.21PCB Lever handle (B-technology) 31162.21PCBLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 31162.21PCH Lever handle (H-technology) 31162.21PCHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 31162.21XAB Lever handle (B-technology 27162.21XABLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 27162.21XAH Lever handle (H-technology) 27162.21XAHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 27162ABFG.2 Window handle, aluminium NEW 144162ABFGA.2 Window handle, lockable, aluminium NEW 144162ABFGA.2K Window handle, lockable, aluminium NEW 144162ABH52.640 Fitting for framed fire doors, class 4 39162PCFG.2 Window handle, polyamide NEW 149162PCFGA.2 Window handle, lockable, polyamide NEW 149162PCFGA.2K Window handle, lockable, polyamide NEW 149162PCH51.640 Framed door lever handle, (H-technology) 39162PCH52.640 Fitting for framed fire doors, class 4 39162XADG04 Push/pull handle set 125162XADG04D Push/pull handle set, half fitting 125162XADG04DF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 125162XADG04DZF Push/pull handle set 125162XADG04E Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 125162XADG04ED Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 125162XADG04EZ Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 125162XADG04F Push/pull handle set 125162XADG04Z Push/pull handle set, half fitting 125162XADG04ZDF Push/pull handle set 125162XADG04ZF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 125162XADG14 Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 125162XADG14E Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 125162XAFG.2 Window handle, stainless steel NEW 141162XAFGA.2 Window handle, lockable, stainless steel NEW 141162XAFGA.2K Window handle, lockable, stainless steel NEW 141162XAH51.640 Framed door lever handle (H-technology) 39162XAH52.640 Fitting for framed fire doors, class 4 39163XARLT Framed door lever handle (R-technology), female part 67165.21ABH Lever handle (H-technology) 35165.21ABHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 35165.21PCH Lever handle (H-technology) 37165.21PCHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 37165.21XAH Lever handle (H-technology) 33165.21XAHLT Lever handle (H-technology), female part 33170XAFG.1 Window handle, stainless steel 142170XAFGA.1 Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 142170XAFGA.1K Window handle, lockable, stainless steel 142171XAB Lever handle (B-technology) 75171XABLT Lever handle (B-technology), female part 75171XAR Lever handle (R-technology) 75171XARLT Lever handle (R-technology), female part 75172XARLT Framed door lever handle (R-technology), female part 77180CAR01.180 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 87180CAR02.180 Vacant/engaged fitting (R-technology), class 4 87180CAR03.188 Apartment door fitting (R-technology), class 4 87180XAB01.130 Standard door fitting (B-technology), class 3 NEW 85180XAB01.530 Standard door fitting (B-technology), class 3 NEW 89180XAB02.130 Vacant/engaged fitting (B-technology), class 3 NEW 85180XAB02.530 Vacant/engaged fitting (B-technology), class 3 NEW 89180XAH01.130 Standard door fitting (H-technology), class 4 NEW 85180XAH01.530 Standard door fitting (H-technology), class 4 NEW 89
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
306 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
180XAH02.130 Vacant/engaged fitting (H-technology), class 4 NEW 85180XAH02.530 Vacant/engaged fitting (H-technology), class 4 NEW 89180XAR01.180 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 85180XAR01.580 Standard door fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 89180XAR02.180 Vacant/engaged fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 85180XAR02.580 Vacant/engaged fitting (R-technology), class 4 NEW 89183C...R Framed door lever handle (H-technology), female part 90217.20C...R Backplate (R-technology) 87217.21X... Backplate 85217.23R Backplate (R-technology) 94217.23RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 94219.20XARPS Backplate for locking plate, panic bar PS160XA... 130219.20XARPS Backplate for locking plate, panic bar PS111XA... 130230.20E Backplate 11230.20E Backplate 13230.20E Backplate (E-technology) 94230.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11230.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13230.20ENR Backplate with turn knob (E-technology) 94230.20R Backplate 11230.20R Backplate 13230.20R Backplate (R-technology) 94230.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11230.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13230.20RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 94230.20XAB Backplate 9230.20XAB Backplate 17230.20XAB Backplate 27230.20XAB Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 27230.20XAB Backplate 65230.20XAB Backplate (B-technology) 102230.20XABNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 9230.20XABNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 17230.20XABNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 65230.20XABNR Backplate with turn knob (B-technology) 102230.20XAH Backplate 27230.20XAH Backplate 33230.20XAHNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 27230.20XAHNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 33230.20XAR Backplate 9230.20XAR Backplate 17230.20XAR Backplate 65230.20XAR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 65230.20XAR Backplate (R-technology) 102230.20XARNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 9230.20XARNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 17230.20XARNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 102230.21PCB Backplate 31230.21PCBNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 31230.21PCH Backplate 31230.21PCH Backplate 37230.21PCHNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 31230.21PCHNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 37230.21XAB Backplate (B-technology) 102230.23E Backplate (E-technology) 94230.23ENR Backplate with turn knob (E-technology) 94230.23R Backplate 19230.23R Backplate 55230.23R Backplate 57230.23R Backplate (R-technology) 94230.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 19230.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 55230.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 57230.23RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 94230.23XAB Backplate 75230.23XAB Backplate (B-technology) 102230.23XABNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 75230.23XABNR Backplate with turn knob (B-technology) 102
HEWI Hardware | 307
Numerical Index | General Information
230.23XAR Backplate 75230.23XAR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 75230.23XAR Backplate (R-technology) 102230.23XARNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 102235.20E Backplate 11235.20E Backplate 13235.20E Backplate (E-technology) 95235.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11235.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13235.20ENR Backplate with turn knob (E-technology) 95235.20R Backplate 11235.20R Backplate 13235.20R Backplate (R-technology) 95235.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11235.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13235.20RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95235.23E Backplate (E-technology) 95235.23ENR Backplate with turn knob (E-technology) 95235.23R Backplate 19235.23R Backplate 55235.23R Backplate 57235.23R Backplate (R-technology) 95235.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 19235.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 55235.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 57235.23RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95285.20E Backplate 11285.20E Backplate 13285.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11285.20ENR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13285.20R Backplate 11285.20R Backplate 13285.20R Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95285.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 11285.20RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 13285.20RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95285.23R Backplate 19285.23R Backplate 55285.23R Backplate 57285.23R Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95285.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 19285.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 55285.23RNR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 57285.23RNR Backplate with turn knob (R-technology) 95305.20ABNR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 29305.20ANR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 35305.20E Rose 11305.20E Rose 13305.20E Lever rose (E-Technology) 96305.20R Rose 11305.20R Rose 13305.20R Lever rose (R-Technology) 96305.20XA Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 27305.20XA Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 33305.20XAB Rose 9305.20XAB Rose 17305.20XAB Rose 27305.20XAB Rose 65305.20XAB Lever rose (B-technology) 103305.20XAH Rose 27305.20XAH Rose 33305.20XANR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 9305.20XANR Backplate, vacant/engaged fitting 17305.20XANR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 65305.20XAR Rose 9305.20XAR Rose 17305.20XAR Rose 65305.20XAR Lever rose (R-technology) 103
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
308 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
305.21ABB Rose 29305.21ABH Rose 29305.21ABH Rose 35305.21PCB Rose 31305.21PCH Rose 31305.21PCH Rose 37305.21X... Rose 85305.21XAB Lever rose (B-technology) 103305.21XAH Lever rose (H-technology) 103305.23E Lever rose (E-Technology) 96305.23PBB Rose 15305.23PBH Rose 15305.23R Rose 19305.23R Rose 55305.23R Rose 57305.23R Lever rose (R-Technology) 96305.23XAB Rose 75305.23XAB Lever rose (B-technology) 103305.23XANR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 75305.23XAR Rose 75305.23XAR Lever rose (R-technology) 103306.23 Escutcheon 96306.23... Rose 11306.23... Rose 13306.23... Rose 19306.23... Rose 55306.23... Rose 57306.23AB Rose 29306.23AB Rose 35306.23ES Security escutcheon 11306.23ES Security escutcheon 13306.23ES Security escutcheon 19306.23ES Security escutcheon 55306.23ES Security escutcheon 57306.23ES Security escutcheon 98306.23ESF Spacer 11306.23ESF Spacer 13306.23ESF Spacer 19306.23ESF Spacer 55306.23ESF Spacer 57306.23ESF Spacer 98306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 11306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 13306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 19306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 55306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 57306.23ESZ Security escutcheon 98306.23ESZF Spacer 11306.23ESZF Spacer 13306.23ESZF Spacer 19306.23ESZF Spacer 55306.23ESZF Spacer 57306.23ESZF Spacer 98306.23FS Escutcheon for fire protective doors 96306.23NR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 11306.23NR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 13306.23NR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 19306.23NR Rose with turn knob 96306.23PB Rose 15306.23PB(NR) Rose 15306.23PC Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 31306.23PCNR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 37306.23RNR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 55306.23RNR Rose, vacant/engaged fitting 57306.23X... Rose 85306.23XA Rose 75306.23XA Escutcheon 103306.23XA... Rose 9
HEWI Hardware | 309
Numerical Index | General Information
306.23XA... Rose 17306.23XA... Rose 27306.23XA... Rose 33306.23XA... Rose 65306.23XAB Escutcheon (B-technology) 103306.23XAES Security escutcheon 9306.23XAES Security escutcheon 17306.23XAES Security escutcheon 27306.23XAES Security escutcheon 33306.23XAES Security escutcheon 65306.23XAES Security escutcheon 75306.23XAES Security escutcheon 104306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 9306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 17306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 27306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 33306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 65306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 75306.23XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 104306.23XAFS Escutcheon for fire protective doors 103306.23XANR Rose with turn knob 103315.20R Lever rose (R-technology) 97315.20XAR Lever rose (R-technology) 104315.20XARKN Rose for lever handle neck, ø 20 mm 21315.20XARKN Rose for lever handle neck, ø 20 mm 67315.20XARKN Rose for lever handle neck, ø 20 mm 90315.23R Lever rose (R-technology) 97315.23RKN Rose for lever handle neck, ø 23 mm 21315.23RKN Rose for lever handle neck ø, 23 mm 59315.23RKN Rose for lever handle neck ø, 23 mm 59315.23XAR Lever rose (R-technology) 104315.23XARKN Rose for lever handle neck, ø 23 mm 77316ES Security escutcheon 11316ES Security escutcheon 13316ES Security escutcheon 19316ES Security escutcheon 55316ES Security escutcheon 57316ES Security escutcheon 99316ESF Spacer 11316ESF Spacer 13316ESF Spacer 19316ESF Spacer 55316ESF Spacer 57316ESF Spacer 99316ESZ Security escutcheon 11316ESZ Security escutcheon 13316ESZ Security escutcheon 19316ESZ Security escutcheon 55316ESZ Security escutcheon 57316ESZ Security escutcheon 99316R Escutcheon 97316RFS Escutcheon for fire protective doors 97316XAES Security escutcheon 9316XAES Security escutcheon 17316XAES Security escutcheon 27316XAES Security escutcheon 33316XAES Security escutcheon 65316XAES Security escutcheon 75316XAES Security escutcheon 105316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 9316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 17316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 27316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 33316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 65316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 75316XAESZ Security escutcheon with cylinder cover 105316XAPSKN Key rose for panic bar 130316XAR Escutcheon 105
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
310 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
316XARFS Escutcheon 105326.20L Window rose, polyamide 151326.20XAL Window rose, stainless steel, stainless steel 14333.1770... Pictogram-set 24333.1771... Pictogram-set 24333.1772... Pictogram-set 24333.2070S Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 18333.2072.5.4 Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 540 mm 17633.2072.5.5 Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 540 mm 17633.7000.3 Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.4K Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.6H Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.6V Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.7H Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.7V Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.8H Cloakroom rail 22833.7000.8V Cloakroom rail 22833.7010.3 Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.4K Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.6H Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.6V Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.7H Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.7V Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.8H Cloakroom rail 22633.7010.8V Cloakroom rail 22633.7300.6HP Cloakroom rail 22933.7300.P8 Cloakroom rail 22933.7300.PB8 Cloakroom rail 22933.7310.6HP Cloakroom rail 22733.7310.P8 Cloakroom rail 22733.7310.PB8 Cloakroom rail 22733.7400.P8 Cloakroom rail 22933.7400.P9M Wall coat and hat rack 23333.7400.PB8 Cloakroom rail 22933.7410.P8 Cloakroom rail 22733.7410.P9M Wall coat and hat rack 23233.7410.PB8 Cloakroom rail 22740.2010R Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 17840.2070S Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, corrosion resistant steel core 18340.9100... Balustrade, colour 203477.01.100 Mirror clip, polyamide 276477.03.300 Storage dish, polyamide 276477.05.100 Waste bin (Knee operated), polyamide 274477.20.010 Toilet brush, polyamide 275477.20.100 Toilet brush unit, polyamide 275477.20.10005 Toilet brush unit, polyamide 275477.21.100 Toilet roll holder, polyamide 277477.21.150 Toilet roll holder, polyamide 277477.21.200 Spare roll holder, polyamide 277477.30.020 Hook for cloakroom rails 225477.90.010 Single hook 238477.90.010 Single hook, polyamide 278477.90.015 Coat hook 239477.90.025 Double hook 239477.90.030 Single hook 239477.90.030 Single hook, polyamide 278477.90.035 Coat hook with buffer door Stopp 239477.90.040 Coat hook 238477.90.045 Single hook 239477.90.050 Triple hook 237477.90.051 Triple hook 237477.90.052 Triple hook 237477.90.060 Coat hook 237477.90.061 Coat hook 237477.90.070 Coat hook 236477.90.071 Coat hook 236477.90.080 Hat and coat hook 236477.90.081 Hat and coat hook 236
HEWI Hardware | 311
Numerical Index | General Information
477.92.100 Wall-mounted ashtray, polyamide 274505340A Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194534.48 Furniture pull, polyamide 293535.42ML Flush pull, polyamide 294535.75ML Flush pull, polyamide 294538.60ML Flush pull, polyamide 294538.75ML Flush pull, polyamide 294538.90H Flush pull, polyamide 295538.90ML Flush pull, polyamide 294548.01 Backplate, polyamide 284548.02 Counter washer 285548.106.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.110.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.13.128 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.128.4 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.128.6 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.128.7 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.192 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.192.4 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.192.6 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.192.7 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.96 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.96.4 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.96.6 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.13.96.7 Furniture handle, ø 13, polyamide 286548.138.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548.13RS Rose, polyamide 286548.16.192 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.192.4 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.192.6 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.192.7 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.288 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.288.4 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.288.6 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.16.288.7 Furniture handle, ø 16, polyamide 287548.17.128 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.128.4 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.128.6 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.128.7 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.64GKW Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.64GKW.4 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.64GKW.6 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.64GKW.7 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.96 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.96.4 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.96.6 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.17.96.7 Furniture handle, support, ø 16 288548.74 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.74.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.86 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 284548.86.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 28454813H Hook, polyamide 286548RD42 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548RD42.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548RD50 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548RD50.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548RD74 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285548RD74.4 Furniture handle, ø 10, polyamide 285550.250GKLT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 250 mm 173550.250LT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 250 mm 172550.300GKWLT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 300 mm 174550.33GKLT Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, c to c 300 mm 173550.33GKRLT Pull handle ø 33, polyamide, c to c 210 mm 176550.33GKWLT Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, c to c 360 mm 174550.33KSLT Pull handle, ø 33, polyamide, c to c 300 mm 175550.33LT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 300 mm 172550.40GKLT Pull handle, ø 40, polyamide, c to c 360 mm 173550.40KSLT Pull handle, ø 40 polyamide, c to c 400 mm 175
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
312 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
550GKLT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 210 mm 173550KRLT Pull handle ø 30, polyamide, c to c 100 mm 176550LT Pull handle, ø 30, polyamide, c to c 173 mm 172557.13 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.13.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.13.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.13.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.20 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.20.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.20.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.20.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.23 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.23.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.23.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.23.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 290557.32 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.32.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.32.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.32.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.32K Knob for knob cylinders, polyamide 291557.50 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.50.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.50.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.50K Knob for knob cylinders, polyamide 291557.55 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.55.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291557.55.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 291559.12 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.23 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.23.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.23.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.23.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.1 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.21 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.22 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.4 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.42 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.6 Cupboard knob, polyamide 292559.55.7 Cupboard knob, polyamide 29257.986FP Finger plate, polyamide 264570.1 Coat hanger with swivel feature 242570.2 Coat hanger with swivel feature 242570.3 Coat hanger with swivel feature 242570.4 Coat hanger with swivel feature 242571.3 Coat/trouser hanger with swivel feature 242571.4 Coat/trouser hanger with swivel feature 24260.9R Lever spindle (spring pin) 106611.30 Door stop, polyamide 260611.60 Door stop, polyamide 260611.90 Door stop, polyamide 260611XA.15 Door Stopp, stainless steel 259611XA.65 Door Stopp, stainless steel 259620.1 Door stop, polyamide 260620.2 Door stop, polyamide 260620.3 Door stop, polyamide 260625.1 Spacer for door stop 625, polyamide 261625XA Door Stopp, stainless steel 25962ABH51.640 Framed door lever handle (H-technology) 3962XARLT Lever Handle (R technology), female part 130640FR Door stop, polyamide 26068.6B Lever spindle (spring pin) (B- and H-technology) 106702.165.1, 2, ... House numerals, polyamide 262702.165.A, ... House numerals, polyamide 262702.165.BS House numerals, polyamide 262710XA.150.1 Symbol male, stainless steel 258710XA.150.2 Symbol female, stainless steel 258710XA.150.3 Symbol disabled, stainless steel 258
HEWI Hardware | 313
Numerical Index | General Information
711D Symbol push, polyamide 263711DXA Symbol push, stainless steel 258711Z Symbol pull, polyamide 263711ZXA Symbol pull, stainless steel 25872.2 Spindle 1172.2 Spindle 1372.2 Spindle for half set 10672.3R Spindle for anti-panic lock 10672.6B Spindle 1572.6B Spindle 1772.6B Spindle (B- and H-technology) 10672.9R Spindle 972.9R Spindle 1172.9R Spindle 1772.9R Spindle 1972.9R Spindle 10673.1 Spindle 106800N Door vent, polyamide 264800PSB Door vent, polyamide 264801.90.010 Coat hook 238801.90.020 Double coat hook 238801.90.030 Double coat hook 240801.90.031 Double coat hook with pictogram-holder 240801.90.040 Double coat hook 240801.91.010 Symbol male, polyamide 262801.91.020 Symbol female, polyamide 262801.91.030 Symbol disabled, polyamide 262805.05.100 Wastepaper bin, stainless steel NEW 270805.20.010 Toilet brush, stainless steel NEW 273805.20.020 Toilet brush, stainless steel NEW 271805.20.100 Toilet brush unit, stainless steel NEW 273805.20.200 Toilet brush unit, stainless steel NEW 271805.21.100 Toilet roll holder, stainless steel NEW 272805.21.200 Spare roll holder, stainless steel NEW 272805.21.300 Toilet roll holder, stainless steel NEW 272805.21.400 Toilet roll holder, stainless steel NEW 270805.90.010 Single hook NEW 238805.90.010 Single hook, stainless steel NEW 272805.90.030 Single hook, stainless steel NEW 272BA1.30PA Rose fixing for pull handles, onesided 195BA1.30STG Rose fixing for pull handles, onesided 195BA1.33PA Rose fixing for pull handles, onesided 195BA1.33STG Rose fixing for pull handles, onesided 195BA1.40PA Rose fixing for pull handles, onesided 195BA2.30PA Rose fixing for pull handles, double-sided 195BA2.30STG Rose fixing for pull handles, double-sided 195BA2.33PA Rose fixing for pull handles, double-sided 195BA2.33STG Rose fixing for pull handles, double-sided 195BA2.40PA Rose fixing for pull handles, double-sided 195BA3.1 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA4...R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4...XA...R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.08.12 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.08.12XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.12.20 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.12.20XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.20.30 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.20.30XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.30.40 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.30.40XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.40.50 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.40.50XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.50.60 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.50.60XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.60.70 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.60.70XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.70.80 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.70.80XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
314 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
BA4.80.90 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA4.80.90XA... Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 192BA5.0 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.0.35.40 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.0.40.45 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.0.45.50 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.0.50.55 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.0.55.70 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.0.70.85 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.1 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.1.55.70 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.1.70.85 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.1G Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.1GR Fixing type for pull handles onesided 190BA5.1R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.2 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.2...R Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.2.38.43 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.2.43.48 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.2.48.53 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.2.53.58 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA5.2R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3...R Fixing type, onesided, for handles with inclined supports 190BA5.3L16 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L17 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L18 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L19 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L20 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L21 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L22 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L23 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L24 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L25 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L26 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L27 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L28 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L29 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L30 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA5.3L31 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 190BA55.70 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA55.70R Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA6.3.25 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA6.3.35 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA6.3.60 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA6.3R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA6.7 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA6.7R Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA70.85 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA70.85R Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8...R Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.08.12 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA8.08.12X Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 193BA8.12.20 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.20.30 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.30.40 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.40.50 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.50.60 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.60.70 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.70.80 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA8.80.90 Fixing type for pull handles, per pair 194BA9.1.15.20 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BA9.1.18.23 Fixing type for pull handles, onesided 191BL305.6.00 Installation jig 107BL305.6.10U Installation jig 107BL315 Installation jig 107BL550 Installation jig 184BL550.08 Installation jig 107BM1106 Mounting material for framed doors 107
HEWI Hardware | 315
Numerical Index | General Information
BM1180 Mounting material 107CI.40.8100 Handrail system, circum 211CI.40.8101 Handrail system, circum 211CI.40.8102 Handrail system, circum 211CI.40.9902 Balustrade, circum 211CL0801-1.2H Hanging sign, comment 253CL0801S Wall sign, comment 253CL0803-1.1S Flag-type sign, comment 252CL0803-1.2S Flag-type sign, comment 252CL0901K Door sign, comment 252CL0901S Door sign, comment 252CL0902K Door sign - meeting room, comment 252CL0902S Door sign - meeting room, comment 252CL0903-1.1S Flag-type sign, comment 252CL0903-1.2S Flag-type sign, comment 252CL1001SCL0801-1.1H Hanging sign, comment 253CL1101-1.1H Hanging sign, comment 253CL1101-1.2H Hanging sign, comment 253CL1101S Wall sign, comment 253CL1201S Wall sign, comment 253CL1901S Wall sign, comment 253CL2001S Wall sign, comment 253CL2901S Wall sign, comment 253CLSH50 Rubber sucker, loading capacity 8 kg 253CLSH80 Rubber sucker, loading capacityt 20 kg 253CO.33.8100... Handrail system, colour 201CO.33.8100.W11 Handrail system, colour 201CO.33.8101... Handrail system, colour 201CO.33.8101.G11 Handrail system, colour 201CO.40.8100... Handrail system, colour 201CO.40.8100.W11 Handrail system, colour 201CO.40.8101... Handrail system, colour 201CO.40.8101.G11 Handrail system, colour 201DG550XB08 Push/pull handle set 126DG550XB08D Push/pull handle set, half fitting 126DG550XB08DF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 126DG550XB08DZF Push/pull handle set 126DG550XB08E Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 126DG550XB08ED Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 126DG550XB08EZ Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 126DG550XB08F Push/pull handle set 126DG550XB08Z Push/pull handle set, half fitting 126DG550XB08ZDF Push/pull handle set 126DG550XB08ZF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 126DG550XB18 Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 126DG550XB18E Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 126FSDG550.08 Push/pull handle set 127FSDG550.08D Push/pull handle set, half fitting 127FSDG550.08DF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 127FSDG550.08E Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 127FSDG550.08ED Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 127FSDG550.08EZ Push/pull handle set, with floating contact 127FSDG550.08F Push/pull handle set 127FSDG550.08Z Push/pull handle set, half fitting 127FSDG550.08ZF Push/pull handle set, half fitting 127FSDG550.18 Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 127FSDG550.18E Push/pull handle set, with split spindle 127G11 Bracket 212GL0501AB...0K guide symbol push or pull, aluminium NEW 251GL0501PC...0K guide symbol push or pull, synthetic material NEW 251GL0501XA...0K guide symbol push or pull, stainless steel NEW 251GL0601AB...0K guide symbol, aluminium NEW 251GL0601PC...0K guide symbol, synthetic material NEW 251GL0601XA...0K guide symbol, stainless steel NEW 251GL0901AB...0K Signage guide, aluminium NEW 249GL0901AB...0S Signage guide, aluminium NEW 249GL0901PC...0K Signage guide, synthetic material NEW 249GL0901PC...0S Signage guide, synthetic material NEW 249
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Numerical Index
316 | HEWI Hardware
Item Number Name Page
GL0901XA...0K Signage guide, stainless steel NEW 249GL0901XA...0S Signage guide, stainless steel NEW 249LI.40.8100... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8100... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8101... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8101... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8700... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8700... Handrail system, lignum 205LI.40.8800... Handrail system, lignum 205LM.40.8100... Handrail system, lignum multiplex 209LM.40.8101... Handrail system, lignum multiplex 209LM.40.8130... Handrail system, lignum multiplex 209LM.40.8131... Handrail system, lignum multiplex 209LP.40.8101... Handrail system, lignum protect 207LP.40.8700... Handrail system, lignum protect 207LP.40.8800... Handrail system, lignum protect 207LP.40.8800... Handrail system, lignum protect 207PG550XA01.01 Panic handle, c to c 651-799 mm 131PG550XA01.02 Panic handle, c to c 800-950 mm 131PG550XA01.03 Panic handle, c to c 951-1100 mm 131PG550XA01.04 Panic handle, c to c 1101-1250 mm 131PG550XA01.0S Panic handle, length on customers request 131PG550XA11.01 Panic handle, c to c 651-799 mm, split square spindle 131PG550XA11.02 Panic handle, c to c 800- 950 mm, split sqaure spindle 131PG550XA11.03 Panic handle, c to c 951-1100 mm, split square spindle 131PG550XA11.04 Panic handle, c to c 1101-1250 mm, split square spindle 131PG550XA11.0S Panic handle, length on customers request 131PG550XA21.01 Panic handle, c to c 651- 799 mm, spindle 131PG550XA21.02 Panic handle, c to c 800- 950 mm, spindle 131PG550XA21.03 Panic handle, c to c 951-1100 mm, spindle 131PG550XA21.04 Panic handle, c to c 1101-1250 mm, spindle 131PG550XA21.0S Panic handle, length on customers request 131PS111XA11.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 129PS111XA11.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm NEW 129PS111XA11.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm NEW 129PS111XA11.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm NEW 129PS111XA11.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm NEW 129PS111XA12.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 129PS111XA12.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm, split square spindle NEW 129PS111XA12.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm, split square spindle NEW 129PS111XA12.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm, split square spindle NEW 129PS111XA12.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm, split square spindle NEW 129PS111XA13.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 129PS111XA13.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm, spindle NEW 129PS111XA13.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm, spindle NEW 129PS111XA13.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm, spindle NEW 129PS111XA13.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm, spindle NEW 129PS160XA11.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 128PS160XA11.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm NEW 128PS160XA11.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm NEW 128PS160XA11.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm NEW 128PS160XA11.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm NEW 128PS160XA12.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 128PS160XA12.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm, split square spindle NEW 128PS160XA12.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm, split square spindle NEW 128PS160XA12.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm, split square spindle NEW 128PS160XA12.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm, split square spindle NEW 128PS160XA13.00 Panic bar, shorter push-bar on customers request NEW 128PS160XA13.01 Panic bar, c to c 761 - 860 mm, spindle NEW 128PS160XA13.02 Panic bar, c to c 861 - 1010 mm, spindle NEW 128PS160XA13.03 Panic bar, c to c 1011 - 1160 mm, spindle NEW 128PS160XA13.04 Panic bar, c to c 1161 - 1250 mm, spindle NEW 128S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 11S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 13S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 19S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 31S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 37S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 55
HEWI Hardware | 317
Numerical Index | General Information
S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 57S24270 Disabled turn and indicator 96S24270PB Disabled turn and indicator 15S24270PB Soft Touch turn and indicator 96S39184 Push/pull handle set 127S39185 Push/pull handle set 127TS.QU18 Door protector, square, polyamide 265TS.QU18SK Door protector, square, polyamide 265TS.RE60 Door protector, rectangular, polyamide 265TS.RE60SK Door protector, rectangular, polyamide 265W11 Bracket 212W2 Bracket 212W3 Bracket 212W6 Bracket 212W7 Bracket 212ZF27 Cutter and centre bit 107ZF27HM Cutter and centre bit for metal doors 107
Item Number Name Page
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Information | Product Characteristics, Certifications
318 | HEWI Hardware
Accreditations for comfort and qualityThis is not a matter of course: wehave had our fittings for living without barriers tested indepen-
dently in a standard procedure by the Society for Gerontology (Gesellschaft fürGerontotechnology – GGT), and the Rhein-land-Pfalz Technical Safety Body (TÜV). Adecisive factor is the characteristics of useof the individual elements. The aim is the applicability for use by the disabled or elderly persons. This doesn't mean however that the award is only applicable in this area. What is deemed by some as necessary for peoplewith restricted mobility, is found to be simply comfortable and user friendly by others. Good design also means goodfunctionality. A result of our efforts in this area is the market leadership for fittings for 'barrierfreeliving'.
CE coding pursuant to the MedicalProducts Act
Medical products are subject todirective 93/42 EEC and arelegally required to be marked with
the letters ‘CE’. The CE seal may only beused if the product in question has successfully completed the CE conformityevaluation procedure. The guarantee thatsafety standards are adhered to is, therefore, given in the case of HEWI marked products.
GS-TestedAll of our sanitary products for'barrierfree living' are subject toa voluntary test by the TÜV
(Technical Safety Body), and are only thenreleased for sale.
RecyclingA further advantage: our products can berecycled. To facilitate this, the different materials used are separated in an environ-mentally friendly process. Thereafter, thematerials can be re-introduced into ourproduction cycles.
Simple installation and removalA good product must also offer good characteristics of use. However, every dishand every towel rail has a life before andafter its use. At HEWI, we have given thissome thought; our products are optimallypacked for protection during transport. With our well thought through installationsystems, fitting and if required removal, is easily performed in a series of simple actions.
CertificatesIn times of economic change the "addedvalue" of a company's certifications increases. With the help of our efficient,tailor-made management systems we areable to face all the challenges of globalisation. Operational processes are organised, systemised and optimised; product quality and customer satisfactionare increased.
DIN EN ISO 9001: 2008As early as 1994 all our corporate proces-ses were already being performed in ac-cordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 qualityguidelines. We are now complying withcurrent market requirements and having ourselves certi-fied to DIN EN ISO 9001ff. As a result, weare committed to the highest qualitiy at all product stages, from the planning to the development through to manufacturingand shipping. For you, this means, atHEWI you always get top quality.
DIN EN ISO 14001: 2004Environmentally friendly productionThrough DIN EN ISO 14001, HEWI hascommitted itself to controlling every activityand action for its environmental effect, andto change it where necessary.Through our high demands on quality andform as well as the choice of materials, weare able to ensure that our products can remain in use for many decades without becoming technically worn or dated. Theselong life cycles and the long-term strategy of using timeless designs contribute to relieving the environment.
HEWI Hardware | 319
Material Characteristics, Care Tips | General Information
Polyamide – care tipsHEWI polyamide products are easy-care.Generally speaking, an occasional wipe witha damp cloth is enough. If, however, you feelyou have to use detergents, you should takenote of the following information.Only use detergents with a ph-rating of between 6 and 8.Detergents containing active substancessuch as phosphates, soap and tensides maybe used. Detergents containing acids, alkalis, bleachor scouring agents may not be used. Norshould utensils with a scouring effect suchas brushes etc. Usage of any detergent requires full compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions (concentration, soaking timeetc.).
Stainless steel – care tipsDue to their smooth surface and high resistance to detergents and disinfectants,components made of non-corroding stainless steel are particularly easy to clean.An occasional wipe-down with warm waterand a standard detergent is generally sufficient. Detergents with iron, acid or chlorine content are not suitable for cleaningpurposes, as they allow foreign or ambientrust to form on the surface of the stainlesssteel. Scouring aids or detergents containinga scouring additive should also be avoided.
It should also be noted that HEWI productsurface finishes can be attacked and damaged. Our warranty does not cover damage occurring as a result of incorrecthandling.
Ask our order centre to send you a detailed list of approved detergents.
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Terms of Sales and Delivery
320 | HEWI Hardware
You must read our conditions of business carefullybefore ordering any of our products. In particularyour attention is drawn to condition 10 (limitationof liability). By submitting a sales order you will beagreeing to be bound by this Contract. Largerfont typefaces of this Contract are available on re-quest.
1 INTERPRETATION1.1 The definitions and rules of interpretation inthis condition apply in these conditions.
“Business Day” means a day other than a Satur-day, Sunday or a public holiday;
“Buyer” means the person, firm or company whopurchases the Goods and/or Services from theCompany;
“Company” means HEWI (UK) Limited, a companyincorporated in England and Wales with registeredcompany number 06266991 and whose registe-red office address is at Scimitar Close, GillinghamBusiness Park, Gillingham, Kent, ME8 0RN, Eng-land;
“Confidential Information” means this Contract andall information obtained by one party from theother pursuant to this Contract which is expresslymarked as confidential or which is manifestly of aconfidential nature or which is confirmed in writingto be confidential within 7 days of its disclosure;
“Contract” means any contract between the Com-pany and the Buyer for the sale and purchase ofthe Goods and/or Services, incorporating theCompany’s quotation, acceptance letter and theseconditions;
“Delivery Point” means the place where delivery ofthe Goods and/or Services is to take place undercondition 4;
“Goods” means any goods agreed in the Contractto be supplied to the Buyer by the Company (in-cluding any part or parts of them);
“Intellectual Property Rights” means patents,trademarks, internet domain names, servicemarks, registered designs, applications for any ofthe foregoing, copyright, design rights, trade andbusiness names and any other similar protectedrights in any country whether registrable or notand any renewals thereof;
“Services” means any services agreed in the Con-tract to be supplied to the Buyer by the Company;and
“Tax” means Value Added Tax (“VAT”), purchasetax, excise tax (tax on sales, property or use), im-port or other duties, and any other tax whether le-vied in respect of this Contract.
1.2 Condition headings do not affect the interpre-tation of these conditions.1.3 Unless the context otherwise so requires:1.3.1 references to the Buyer and the Companyinclude their permitted successors and assigns;
1.3.2 any phrase introduced by the terms ‘inclu-ding’, ‘include’, ‘in particular’ or any similar ex-pression shall be construed as illustrative and shallnot limit the sense of the words preceding thoseterms;1.3.3 references to statutory provisions includethose statutory provisions as amended or re-enac-ted, and includes any by-laws, statutory instru-ments, rules, regulations, orders, notices,directions, consents or permissions made undersuch statutory provision and any conditions impo-sed by it; 1.3.4 use of the singular includes the plural andvice versa; and1.3.5 references to any gender include all genders.1.4 In the case of conflict or ambiguity betweenany provision contained in the body of this Con-tract and any provision contained in any scheduleor appendix, the provision in the body of this Con-tract shall take precedence.
2 APPLICATION OF TERMS2.1 Subject to any variation under condition 2.3the Contract shall be on these conditions to theexclusion of all other terms and conditions (inclu-ding any terms or conditions which the Buyer pur-ports to apply under any purchase order,confirmation of order, specification or other docu-ment).2.2 No terms or conditions endorsed on, deliveredwith or contained in the Buyer’s purchase order,confirmation of order, specification or other docu-ment, including conditions, warranties or represen-tations written or oral, expressed or implied, shallform part of the Contract simply as a result ofsuch document being referred to in the Contract.2.3 These conditions apply to all the Company’ssales and any variation to these conditions andany representations about the Goods and/or Ser-vices shall have no effect unless expressly agreedin writing and signed by a director of the Com-pany. The Buyer acknowledges that it has not re-lied on any statement, promise or representationmade or given by or on behalf of the Companywhich is not set out in the Contract. Nothing in thiscondition shall exclude or limit the Company's lia-bility for fraudulent misrepresentation.2.4 Each order or acceptance of a quotation forGoods and/or Services by the Buyer from theCompany shall be deemed to be an offer by theBuyer to buy Goods and/or Services subject tothese conditions.2.5 No order placed by the Buyer shall be deemedto be accepted by the Company until a writtenacknowledgement of order is issued by the Com-pany or (if earlier) the Company delivers the Goodsand/or Services to the Buyer.2.6 Pursuant to condition 2.5, the Buyer may notcancel an order once a written acknowledgementof order is issued by the Company unless theBuyer is a consumer for the purposes of the Con-sumer Protection (Distance Selling) Regulations2000 (as amended) in which case the Buyer maycancel an order for Goods and/or Services withinseven (7) working days of delivery of the Goodsand/or Services provided such goods are notmade to the Buyer’s specification or the Buyer hasagreed to waive its rights thereunder. 2.7 The Buyer shall ensure that the terms of its
order and any applicable specification are com-plete and accurate. 2.8 The Buyer shall ensure that all Goods and/orServices ordered are appropriate and fit for thepurpose for which they are required.2.9 Any brochure or quotation is given on thebasis that each is an invitation to treat and noContract shall come into existence until the Com-pany despatches an acknowledgement of order tothe Buyer or (if earlier) the Company delivers theGoods and/or Services to the Buyer. Any quota-tion is valid for a period of [30/60] days only fromits date, provided that the Company has not pre-viously withdrawn it.
3 DESCRIPTION3.1 The quantity and description of the Goodsand/or Services shall be as set out in the Compa-ny’s quotation or acknowledgement of order.3.2 All samples, drawings, descriptive matter, spe-cifications and advertising issued by the Companyand any descriptions or illustrations contained inthe Company’s catalogues or brochures are is-sued or published for the sole purpose of giving anapproximate idea of the Goods and/or Servicesdescribed in them. They shall not form part of theContract and this is not a sale by sample.
4 DELIVERY4.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by theCompany, delivery of the Goods and/or Servicesshall take place at the Company’s place of busi-ness.4.2 The Buyer shall take delivery of the Goodsand/or Services within five (5) Business Days ofthe Company giving it notice that the Goodsand/or Services are ready for delivery.4.3 Any dates specified by the Company for deli-very of the Goods and/or Services are intended tobe an estimate and time for delivery shall not bemade of the essence by notice. If no dates are sospecified, delivery shall be within a reasonabletime.4.4 Subject to the other provisions of these condi-tions the Company shall not be liable for any di-rect, indirect or consequential loss (all three ofwhich terms include, without limitation, pure eco-nomic loss, loss of profits, loss of business, deple-tion of goodwill and similar loss), claims, costs,damages, charges, penalties or expenses causeddirectly or indirectly by any delay in the delivery ofthe Goods and/or Services (even if caused by theCompany’s negligence), nor shall any delay entitlethe Buyer to terminate or rescind the Contract un-less such delay exceeds 180 days. 4.5 If for any reason the Buyer fails to accept deli-very of any of the Goods when they are ready fordelivery, or the Company is unable to deliver theGoods on time because the Buyer has not provi-ded appropriate instructions, documents, licencesor authorisations:4.5.1 risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer (in-cluding for loss or damage caused by the Compa-ny’s negligence); 4.5.2 the Goods shall be deemed to have beendelivered; and
General Terms of Sales and Delivery
HEWI Hardware | 321
4.5.3 the Company may store the Goods until deli-very, whereupon the Buyer shall be liable for all re-lated costs and expenses (including, withoutlimitation, storage, insurance, increases in deliveryand shipping costs, changes in exchange ratesand additional Taxes).4.6 The Buyer shall provide at the Delivery Pointand at its expense adequate and appropriateequipment and manual labour for loading theGoods.4.7 If the Company delivers to the Buyer a quantityof Goods of up to 10% more or less than thequantity accepted by the Company, the Buyershall not be entitled to object to or reject theGoods or any of them by reason of the surplus orshortfall and shall pay for such goods at the prorata Contract rate.4.8 The Company may deliver the Goods by sepa-rate instalments. Each separate instalment shall beinvoiced and paid for in accordance with the provi-sions of the Contract. 4.9 Each instalment shall be a separate Contractand no cancellation or termination of any one Con-tract relating to an instalment shall entitle theBuyer to repudiate or cancel any other Contract orinstalment. 4.10 The Company reserves the right to terminatethe Contract immediately on giving written noticeto the Buyer or suspend delivery of Goods and/orServices in the event that payments remain over-due.4.11 In relation to supply and fit contracts/orders:(a) Unless expressed in writing, all site works willbe subject to normal hours working.(b) Facilities (including without limitation the itemsset out below) shall be provided free of charge bythe Buyer:(i) safe working conditions;(ii) facilities required under the Health and Safety atWork Act;(iii) lighting and power;(iv) access and vehicle access for unloading adja-cent to storage area;(v) site storage facilities;(vi) uninterrupted working for the Company’s fitterswith areas clear of other trades and their materials.(c) Structures to which the Company’s Goods arefitted shall be suitable for that purpose.(d) The Company will only accept responsibility forprotection of its Goods until such time as eachitem is incorporated into the works, thereafter re-sponsibility passes to the Buyer.(e) The Company deems that all supply and fit or-ders/contracts will be operated under the conditi-ons of JCT Sub Contract Agreement DOM/1.
5 NON-DELIVERY5.1 The quantity of any consignment of Goods asrecorded by the Company upon despatch fromthe Company’s place of business shall be conclu-sive evidence of the quantity received by the Buyeron delivery unless the Buyer can provide conclu-sive evidence proving the contrary.5.2 The Company shall not be liable for any non-delivery of Goods and/or Services (even if causedby the Company’s negligence) unless the Buyergives written notice to the Company of the non-delivery within 7 days of the date when the Goodsand/or Services would in the ordinary course of
events have been received.5.3 Any liability of the Company for non-delivery ofthe Goods and/or Services shall be limited to re-placing the Goods and/or Services within a reaso-nable time or issuing a credit note at the pro rataContract rate against any invoice raised for suchGoods and/or Services.
6 RISK/TITLE6.1 The Goods are at the risk of the Buyer fromthe time of delivery. 6.2 Ownership of the Goods shall not pass to theBuyer until the Company has received in full (incash or cleared funds) all sums due to it in respectof:6.2.1 the Goods; and6.2.2 all other sums which are due to the Com-pany from the Buyer on any account or in the caseof the Company accepting tender of a cheque orbill of exchange, letter of credit or draft until thesame has been honoured.6.3 Until ownership of the Goods has passed tothe Buyer, the Buyer shall:6.3.1 hold the Goods on a fiduciary basis as theCompany’s bailee;6.3.2 store the Goods (at no cost to the Company)separately from all other goods of the Buyer or anythird party in such a way that they remain readilyidentifiable as the Company’s property;6.3.3 not destroy, deface or obscure any identify-ing mark or packaging on or relating to the Goods;and6.3.4 maintain the Goods in satisfactory conditionand keep them insured on the Company’s behalffor their full price against all risks to the reasonablesatisfaction of the Company. On request the Buyershall produce the policy of insurance to the Com-pany.6.4 The Buyer may resell the Goods before owner-ship has passed to it solely on the following condi-tions:6.4.1 any sale shall be effected in the ordinarycourse of the Buyer’s business at full market value;and6.4.2 any such sale shall be a sale of the Compa-ny’s property on the Buyer’s own behalf and theBuyer shall deal as principal when making such asale.6.5 Subject to condition 6.2, the Buyer’s right topossession of the Goods shall terminate immedia-tely if:6.5.1 the Buyer has a bankruptcy order madeagainst him or makes an arrangement or composi-tion with his creditors, or otherwise takes the be-nefit of any statutory provision for the time being inforce for the relief of insolvent debtors, or (being abody corporate) convenes a meeting of creditors(whether formal or informal), or enters into liquida-tion (whether voluntary or compulsory) except asolvent voluntary liquidation for the purpose only ofreconstruction or amalgamation, or has a receiverand/or manager, administrator or administrative re-ceiver appointed of its undertaking or any part the-reof, or documents are filed with the court for theappointment of an administrator of the Buyer ornotice of intention to appoint an administrator isgiven by the Buyer or its directors or by a qualify-ing floating charge holder (as defined in paragraph14 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986), or
a resolution is passed or a petition presented toany court for the winding-up of the Buyer or forthe granting of an administration order in respectof the Buyer, or any proceedings are commencedrelating to the insolvency or possible insolvency ofthe Buyer; or6.5.2 the Buyer suffers or allows any execution,whether legal or equitable, to be levied on his/itsproperty or obtained against him/it, or fails to ob-serve or perform any of his/its obligations underthe Contract or any other contract between theCompany and the Buyer, or is unable to pay itsdebts within the meaning of section 123 of the In-solvency Act 1986 or the Buyer ceases to trade;or6.5.3 the Buyer encumbers or in any way chargesany of the Goods.6.6 The Company shall be entitled to recover pay-ment for the Goods notwithstanding that owner-ship of any of the Goods has not passed from theCompany.6.7 The Buyer grants the Company, its agents andemployees an irrevocable licence at any time toenter any premises where the Goods are or maybe stored in order to inspect them, or, where theBuyer’s right to possession has terminated, to re-cover them. 6.8 Where the Company is unable to determinewhether any Goods are the goods in respect ofwhich the Buyer’s right to possession has termina-ted, the Buyer shall be deemed to have sold allgoods of the kind sold by the Company to theBuyer in the order in which they were invoiced tothe Buyer. 6.9 On termination of the Contract, howsoevercaused, the Company’s (but not the Buyer’s) rightscontained in this condition 6 shall remain in effect.
7 PRICE7.1 Unless otherwise agreed by the Company inwriting, the price for the Goods and/or Servicesshall be the price set out in the Company’s pricelist published on the date of delivery or deemeddelivery [or as shown in the Company’s quotation].7.2 The price for the Goods and/or Services shallbe exclusive of any Tax and all costs or charges inrelation to packaging, loading, unloading, carriageand insurance, all of which amounts the Buyershall pay in addition when it is due to pay for theGoods and/or Services.7.3 The Company reserves the right to vary its pri-ces in the event of any increase in the cost of ob-taining the labour, materials and transport servicesnecessary to perform the Contract (including wit-hout limitation costs incurred in abortive journeys,demurrage and storage) or variations in currencyexchange rates.7.4 Where the specification and prices quoted arebased on information supplied by the Buyer anyadditional cost incurred due to the inaccuracy ofthe information supplied will be charged to theBuyer. Further the Company reserves the right toamend its quotation to reflect the actual cost tothe Company and to charge for any extra work re-quired if modifications or alterations take placesubsequent to the quotation. The Company re-serves the right to reject any extra work modificati-ons or alterations not included in the quotation.
Gen
eral
Info
rmat
ion
General Terms of Sales and Delivery
8 PAYMENT8.1 Subject to condition 8.4, payment of the pricefor the Goods and/or Services is due in poundssterling [on the last working day of the month follo-wing the month in which the Goods and/or Ser-vices are delivered or deemed to be delivered orwithin 30 days from the date of invoice]. Exportorders shall be settled by irrevocable letters of cre-dit confirmed by a London bank. Time for pay-ment shall be of the essence.8.2 No payment shall be deemed to have been re-ceived until the Company has received clearedfunds.8.3 All payments payable to the Company underthe Contract shall become due immediately on itstermination despite any other provision.8.4 The Buyer shall make all payments due underthe Contract in full without any withholding or de-duction whether by way of set-off, counterclaim,discount, abatement or otherwise unless theBuyer has a valid court order requiring an amountequal to such deduction to be paid by the Com-pany to the Buyer.8.5 If the Buyer fails to pay the Company any sumdue pursuant to the Contract on or by the duedate, the Buyer shall be liable to pay interest to theCompany on such sum from the due date for pay-ment at the annual rate of 5% above the base len-ding rate from time to time of the Bank of England,accruing on a daily basis until payment is made,whether before or after any judgment, togetherwith any legal or other professional costs incurredby the Company in enforcing the debt. The Com-pany reserves the right to claim interest under theLate Payment of Commercial Debts (Interest) Act1998.
9 QUALITY9.1 Where the Company is not the manufacturerof the Goods, the Company shall, if requested, en-deavour to transfer to the Buyer the benefit of anywarranty or guarantee given to the Company. TheCompany offers no warranty in respect of goods,materials or services of its suppliers, its sub-con-tractors or any other third parties.9.2 The Company warrants that all reasonable skilland care will be used with Goods and/or Servicesmanufactured and/or supplied and/or installed/fit-ted by it and all reasonable skill and care with itsown services will be employed in assembling partsor materials not manufactured by it. The Goodswill be made available for inspection at the premi-ses of the Company prior to the despatch shouldthe Buyer so require.9.3 The Company accepts no liability for loss ordamage due to or arising from Goods and/or Ser-vices supplied to the Buyer’s own specificationdrawings or other specific requirements unlesssuch loss or damage results solely from the Goodsand/or Services being defective due to the materi-als, methods or workmanship not being in accor-dance with the said specification, drawings orrequirements or the negligence of the Company orits servants.9.4 The Company warrants that (subject to theother provisions of these conditions) upon delivery,and for a period of 28 days from the date of deli-very, the Goods shall be of satisfactory quality wit-hin the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act 1979.
9.5 The Company shall not be liable for a breachof the warranty in condition 9.4 unless:9.5.1 the defect, in the Company’s opinion, resultsin a material divergence from the product specifi-cation and does not include any divergenceswhich are trivial or cosmetic or which do not im-pact to a material degree upon the use of theGoods for the purposes of the Buyer’s business;and9.5.2 the Buyer gives written notice of the defectto the Company, and, if the defect is as a result ofdamage in transit to the carrier, within [3]/[7] daysof the time when the Buyer discovers or ought tohave discovered the defect; and9.5.3 the Company is given a reasonable opportu-nity after receiving the notice of examining suchGoods and the Buyer (if asked to do so by theCompany) returns such Goods to the Company'splace of business at the Company's cost for theexamination to take place there.9.6 The Company shall not be liable for a breachof the warranty in condition 9.4 if:9.6.1 the Buyer makes any further use of suchGoods after giving such notice; or9.6.2 the defect arises because the Buyer failed tofollow the Company’s oral or written instructionsas to the storage, installation, commissioning, useor maintenance of the Goods or (if there are none)good trade practice; or9.6.3 the Buyer alters or repairs such Goods wit-hout the written consent of the Company; or9.6.4 the Goods are not used for their normal in-tended purpose.9.7 Subject to condition 9.5 and condition 9.6, ifany of the Goods do not conform with the war-ranty in condition 9.4 the Company shall at its op-tion repair or replace such Goods (or the defectivepart) or refund the price of such Goods at the prorata Contract rate provided that, if the Companyso requests, the Buyer shall, at the Company's ex-pense, return the Goods or the part of suchGoods which is defective to the Company.9.8 If the Company complies with condition 9.7 itshall have no further liability for a breach of thewarranty in condition 9.4 in respect of suchGoods.9.9 Where Goods are returned for the purposes ofmaking a complaint and the complaint turns out tobe unjustified, then the Company shall be entitledto invoice not only the costs of delivery but also areasonable charge for checking the Goods.9.10 Any Goods replaced shall belong to theCompany and any repaired or replacement Goodsshall be guaranteed on these terms for the unexpi-red portion of the 28 day period referred to in con-dition 9.4.
10 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY10.1 Subject to condition 4, condition 5 and con-dition 9, the following provisions set out the entirefinancial liability of the Company (including any lia-bility for the acts or omissions of its employees,agents and sub-contractors) to the Buyer in re-spect of:10.1.1 any breach of these conditions;10.1.2 any use made or resale by the Buyer of anyof the Goods, or of any product incorporating anyof the Goods; and 10.1.3 any representation, statement or tortious
act or omission including negligence arising underor in connection with the Contract.10.2 All warranties, conditions and other terms im-plied by statute or common law (save for the con-ditions implied by section 12 of the Sale of GoodsAct 1979) are, to the fullest extent permitted bylaw, excluded from the Contract.10.3 Nothing in these conditions excludes or limitsthe liability of the Company: 10.3.1 for death or personal injury caused by theCompany’s negligence; or10.3.2 under section 2(3), Consumer ProtectionAct 1987; or10.3.3 for any matter which it would be illegal forthe Company to exclude or attempt to exclude itsliability; or10.3.4 for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.10.4 Subject to condition 10.2 and condition 10.3:10.4.1 the Company’s total liability in contract, tort(including negligence or breach of statutory duty),misrepresentation, restitution or otherwise, arisingin connection with the performance or contempla-ted performance of the Contract shall be limited tothe Contract price; and10.4.2 the Company shall not be liable to theBuyer for any pure economic loss, loss of profit,loss of business, depletion of goodwill or other-wise, in each case whether direct, indirect or con-sequential, or any claims for consequentialcompensation whatsoever (howsoever caused)which arise out of or in connection with the Con-tract.
11 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS11.1 Nothing in this Contract shall be construedas an assignment, licence (other than as neces-sary for mere use of the Goods) or transfer of anyof the Company’s Intellectual Property Rights all ofwhich rights are reserved by the Company. Nouse of the Company’s Intellectual Property Rightsshall be made without the Company’s permissionin writing.11.2 Save to the extent expressly required to bepermitted by law, the Buyer shall not adapt, re-verse engineer or create derivative works basedon the whole or any part of the Goods or repro-duce the Goods or any part of them in any way. Inrespect of any such activities claimed to be madepermissible by law, the Buyer undertakes first tomake a prior written statement to the Companyidentifying the activity and stating why the Buyerbelieves it to be permissible, and to refrain fromcommencing any such activity until the Companyshall have had a reasonable opportunity to consi-der and thereafter give a response to the Buyer inrespect of each statement.11.3 If any invention is made by the Company’sagents, servants or sub-contractors during thecourse of carrying out work under the Contractthen the right to apply for and to receive letterspatent in respect of such invention shall remainwith the Company and/or its servants or agents orsub-contractors and the subsequent manufactureof any items the subject to such application for orthe granting of the letters patents shall be reservedto the Company or its licensees.
322 | HEWI Hardware
324 | HEWI Hardware
All orders are governed by HEWI’s terms of sale.
Scope of deliveryUnless text shows otherwise, delivery includes screwand plugs.
Technical information subject to alteration.© Copyright by HEWI 12.2008
2 |
System 111 NewPolyamideStainless steelSoft Touch (PU)
Range 130Polyamide
Range 160Stainless steel
System 162 NewPolyamideAluminiumStainless steel
Range 120 NewSteel-PA-Compound
Range 170Stainless steel
Range 180 NewStainless steelStainless steel/aluminium
ComponentsPolyamideStainless steel
Overview 7
Lever handles 8
Overview 25
Lever handles 26
Overview 43
Lever handles 44
Overview 53
Lever handles 54
News 2
Table of Contents | HEWI by Systems
Overview 63
Lever handles 64
Overview 73
Lever handles 74
Overview 83
Lever handles 84
Overview 92
Overview 100
HEWI Colours
13 HEWI buttercup yellow
33 HEWI ruby red
30 HEWI burgundy*
80 HEWI coffee brown
53 HEWI ultramarine blue
50 HEWI steel blue
73 HEWI meadow green*
70 HEWI forest green*
99 HEWI pure white
97 HEWI light grey
95 HEWI stone grey
92 HEWI anthracite grey
90 HEWI jet black
16 HEWI blossom yellow*
56 HEWI lilac blue*
...A... Textured
...B... Matt
...B... Polished
...B... Matt
...A... Slategrey
...C... Darkgrey
–
RAL 030 30 45
RAL 020 20 20
RAL 060 20 50
–
RAL 260 20 15
RAL 150 40 50
RAL 180 20 15
RAL 100 90 05
RAL 000 80 00
–
RAL 240 30 05
–
RAL 095 90 40
RAL 260 60 25
–
RAL 3003
RAL 3007
RAL 8022
–
RAL 5011
RAL 6029
RAL 6012
RAL 9010
RAL 7035
–
RAL 7016
RAL 9005
–
–
S 1070-Y10R
S 3560-R
S 7020-R10B
S 8502-R
S 4550-R80B
–
S 4550-G10Y
S 8010-B70G
S 0502-G50Y
S 2000-N
S 3502-G
–
S 9000-N
S 0530-G90Y
S 2040-R80B
* The delivery period is approx. 6 weeks.
Closest possible RAL Nearest RAL Closest possible NCS Designcolour classification standard colour Design colour classification
The colour codes are part of the article number. The last two figures specify the colour.
HEWI Colours compared with RAL and NCSHEWI Colours have been classified by RAL and NCS and allocated the nearest possible colour classifiaction. Identical colours do not exist in the RAL and NCS systems.In cases where HEWI colours and the colour classifiaction differ too greatly, no classifiaction appears in the table.Personal colour comparison should still be performed
Due to printing process colours shown may differ slightly from the product.
Explanation of item numberExample: lever handle
111.
Range 111 Polyamide
R-technology
Apartment door fitting
Knob 123.23
Lever handle 111.23
Round rose 305... /306...
Anthracite grey
R 03. 2 3 3 92
00_umschl_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:umschlag_PLSAN08_D.qxp 09.12.2008 11:29 Uhr Seite 2
HEWI Colours and Surfaces
HEWI Basic colours
HEWI Neutral colours
HEWI Pastel colours
Pro
gra
mm
e 20
09
Har
dw
are
Programme 2009 Hardware
| Door and Window Fittings | Handrails and Balustrades | Signage Systems | Cloakrooms | Sanitary Products |
Technical information subject to alteration. 01/09 PUBBGB09
Further documents are available from www.hewi.com:
Sanitary
HEWI Stainless steel surfaces
HEWI Aluminium surfaces
GermanyHEWI Heinrich Wilke GmbHPostfach 1260D-34442 Bad ArolsenPhone: +49 5691 82-0Fax: +49 5691 [email protected]
Great BritainHEWI (UK) LimitedScimitar CloseGillingham Business ParkGB-Gillingham Kent ME8 0RNPhone: +44 1634 377688Fax: +44 1634 [email protected]
00_umschl_PUBB09_GB_copy.qxp:umschlag_PLSAN08_D.qxp 09.12.2008 11:28 Uhr Seite 1